Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutC-8634-4 - Purchase Agreement for (4) Four 2028 OR Newer Pierce Type 1 1500 GPM Triple Combination Pumping Engines(`n .3 PURCHASE AGREEMENT Q� FOR FOUR (4) 2028 OR NEWER PIERCE TYPE 1 1500 GPM TRIPLE I COMBINATION PUMPING ENGINES FROM SOUTH COAST FIRE EQUIPMENT INC. This Purchase Agreement ("Agreement") is entered into as of this 8th day of October, 2024 ("Effective Date"), by and between the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a California municipal corporation and charter city ("City"), and SOUTH COAST FIRE EQUIPMENT INC., a California corporation ("Contractor"), whose principal place of business is 3150 Palisades Dr. Corona, California 92878. RECITALS A. City is a municipal corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of California with the power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted under the statutes of the State of California and the Charter of City. B. City requires four (4) 2028 or newer Pierce Type 1 1500 GPM Triple Combination Pumpers mounted on a Pierce Enforcer chassis ("Equipment") as set forth in Exhibit A, which is attached and incorporated herein by this reference. C. Contractor has carefully reviewed and evaluated the specifications set forth by the City for the Equipment and has committed to deliver the Equipment required for the price specified in this Agreement within an estimated delivery date of forty- eight (48) to fifty (50) months commencing upon execution of this Agreement and receipt of the order. D. Contractor is an authorized dealer of Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. vehicles and apparatus and is awarded this Agreement via Sourcewell Contract #113021-OKC. E. City has solicited and received a proposal from Contractor, has evaluated the expertise of Contractor, and desires to submit an order for the Equipment under the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual representations, warranties and covenants, and other terms and conditions as set forth herein, Contractor and City (each a "Party" and together the "Parties") agree as follows: 1. TERM The Term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall terminate on June 30, 2030 unless terminated earlier as set forth herein. 2. COMPENSATION 2.1 City shall choose the discounted, prepayment purchase price as more fully described in the Pricing Proposal attached hereto as Exhibit B and incorporated herein by reference. The purchase price for Equipment, including all sales taxes, shall not exceed Four Million Eight Hundred Ninety -Six Thousand Six Hundred Twenty -Six Dollars and 91/100 ($4,896,626.91) ("Discounted Purchase Price"). 2.2 Contractor shall deduct the total cost of the performance bond, totaling Thirteen Thousand Thirty -Five Dollars and 95/100 ($13,035.95) ("Performance Bond Cost"), if City provides a purchase order to Contractor, and pays the Discounted Purchase Price prior to November 1, 2024. 2.3 If the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing (www.bis.gov Series ID: WPUID6112) ("PPI") has increased at a compounded annual growth rate of 5.0% or more between the month Pierce accepts the order ("Order Month") and a month fourteen (14) months prior to the then predicted Ready For Pickup Date ("Evaluation Month"), then pricing may be updated in an amount equal to the increase in PPI over 5.0% for each year or fractional year between the Order Month and the Evaluation Month. 2.4 Notwithstanding Sections 2.2 and 2.3, Contractor agrees to accept the Discounted Purchase Price as full renumeration for delivery to City of the Equipment. The Discounted Purchase Price shall be referred to as "Total Compensation". 3. CHANGE ORDERS 3.1 This Agreement may be amended or modified only by mutual written agreement of the parties. 3.2 Contractor shall only commence work covered by a change order after the change order is executed by the City's City manager and notification to proceed has been provided by the City. 4. ADMINISTRATION This Agreement will be administered by the City's Fire Department. The Fire Chief, or designee, shall be the Purchase Administrator and shall have the authority to act for City under this Agreement. The Purchase Administrator or designee shall represent City in all matters pertaining to the services to be rendered pursuant to this Agreement. 5. DELIVERY 5.1 Contractor shall deliver the Equipment to the City on the terms and conditions as provided in Exhibit A within forty-eight (48) to fifty (50) months after execution of this Agreement and receipt of the order. South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page 2 5.2 Delivery of the Equipment shall be made to the City's Corporation Yard at 592 Superior Avenue, Newport Beach, CA 92663, or such other location as may be designated by City in writing. Time of delivery is of the essence in this Agreement. City reserves the right to refuse the Equipment, or part thereof, and to cancel all or any part of the Equipment not conforming to all applicable specifications, samples, or descriptions. City shall receive a pro-rata refund for the Equipment, or part thereof, cancelled under this Agreement, within thirty (30) calendar days of City's cancellation. Acceptance of any part of the order for Equipment shall not bind City to accept future shipments nor deprive City of the right to return Equipment already accepted at Contractor's expense. Over shipments and under shipments of Equipment shall be only as agreed to in writing by City. Delivery shall not be deemed to be complete until all Equipment have been physically received and accepted in writing by the City. 5.3 Contractor shall submit all requests for extensions of time for delivery in writing to the City Purchase Administrator not later than ten (10) calendar days after the start of the condition that purportedly causes a delay. The Purchase Administrator shall review all such requests and may, at his/her sole discretion, grant reasonable time extensions for unforeseeable delays that are beyond Contractor's control. Due to global supply chain constraints, any delivery date contained herein is a good faith estimate as of the date of this order/contract, and merely an approximation based on current information. Delivery updates will be made available, and a final firm delivery date will be provided as soon as possible. 5.4 Force Maleure. The time period(s) specified in this Section for the provision of Equipment rendered pursuant to this Agreement shall be extended because of any delays due to unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of Contractor, including but not restricted to acts of God or of the public enemy, unusually severe weather, fires, earthquakes, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, riots, strikes, freight embargoes, wars, and/or acts of any governmental agency, including the City, if Contractor shall within ten (10) days of the commencement of such delay notify City in writing of the cause of the delay. City shall ascertain the facts and extent of delay, and extend the time for performing the services for the period of the enforced delay when and if in the judgment of the City such delay is justified. City's determination shall be final and conclusive upon the parties to this Agreement. In no event shall Contractor be entitled to recover damages against City for any delay in performance of this Agreement, however caused, Contractor's sole remedy being extension of the Agreement pursuant to this Section. 5.5 Notwithstanding Section 5.4, the Parties agree that it is extremely difficult and impractical to determine and fix the actual damages that City will sustain should the Contractor fail to complete the delivery as called for in this Agreement. Should Contractor fail to complete the delivery as called for in this Agreement, Contractor agrees to the deduction of liquidated damages in the sum of One Hundred Dollars and 00/100 ($100.00) per day, for every day beyond the date scheduled for delivery provided in Section 5.1. Execution of this Agreement shall constitute agreement by the City and Contractor that the sum of One Hundred Dollars and 00/100 ($100.00) per day, is the minimum value of costs and actual damages caused by the failure of Contractor to deliver the Equipment within the allotted time. All liquidated damages shall be paid within ten (10) South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page 3 calendar days of City's written request for payment. Such sum is liquidated damages and shall not be construed as a penalty, and may be deducted from payments due the Contractor, or recovered from Contractor, as applicable, if such delay occurs. 6. ACCEPTANCE/PAYMENT Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by City, acceptance of the Equipment shall not be deemed complete unless in writing and until all of the Equipment, including each part thereof, has actually been received, inspected and tested to the satisfaction of City. 7. NOTICES 7.1 All notices, demands, requests or approvals to be given under the terms of this Agreement shall be given in writing, and conclusively shall be deemed served when delivered personally, or on the third business day after the deposit thereof in the United States mail, postage prepaid, first-class mail, addressed as hereinafter provided. 7.2 All notices, demands, requests or approvals from Contractor to City shall be addressed to City at: Attn: Fire Chief Fire Department City of Newport Beach 100 Civic Center Drive Newport Beach, CA 92660 7.3 All notices, demands, requests or approvals from City to Contractor shall be addressed to Contractor at: Attention: Kevin Newell South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. 3150 Palisades Dr Corona, CA 92878 8. TAXES The Total Compensation includes any and all applicable taxes and fees, including federal, state and/or local sales or use taxes. Contractor agrees, and is solely responsible for, the proper submission of any and all applicable federal, state and/or local taxes and fees to the appropriate taxing entity. 9. ENTIRE AGREEMENT This Agreement contains the entire Agreement between the Parties with respect to all matters herein, and there are no restrictions, promises, warranties, or undertakings other than those set forth herein or referred to herein. No exceptions, alternatives, substitutes or revisions are valid or binding on City unless authorized by City in writing. Electronic acceptance of any additional terms, conditions or supplemental agreements by South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page 4 any City employee or agent, shall not be valid or binding on City unless accepted in writing by the Purchase Administrator. The terms of this Agreement shall supersede any inconsistencies between this Agreement and the Exhibits hereto. 10. WARRANTY 10.1 Contractor expressly warrants that the Equipment covered by this Agreement is: 1) free of liens or encumbrances; 2) of merchantable quality and good for the ordinary purposes for which it is used; and 3) fit for the particular purpose for which it is intended. Acceptance of this Agreement shall constitute an agreement upon Contractor's part to indemnify, defend and hold City and its indemnities as identified in Section 15 below, and as more fully described in Section 15, harmless from liability, loss, damage and expense, including reasonable counsel fees, incurred or sustained by City by reason of the failure of the Equipment to conform to such warranties, faulty work performance, negligent or unlawful acts, and non-compliance with any applicable state or federal codes, ordinances, orders, or statutes, including the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) and the California Industrial Safety Act. Such remedies shall be in addition to any other remedies provided by law. 10.2 Contractor and manufacturer's warranties and certifications are attached hereto as Exhibit C, and incorporated in full by this reference. The Warranty Period shall commence on the date the Equipment is accepted by the City. All warranty repair work shall be conducted by a Contractor -certified dealer/agent in the Southern California region. 10.3 As of the Effective Date of this Agreement the Contractor -certified dealer/ agent for purposes of all repairs and warranty work is: South Coast Fire Equipment, Inc., 3150 Palisades Dr., Corona, CA 92878 10.4 In the event that Contractor designates a different certified dealer/agent for the Southern California region, Contractor shall provide City with written notice of such change within ten (10) days of the change. 11. ASSIGNMENT OR SUBCONTRACTING The terms, covenants, and conditions contained herein shall apply to and bind the heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of the Parties. Furthermore, neither the performance of this Agreement nor any portion thereof may be assigned or subcontracted by Contractor without the express written consent of City. Any attempt by Contractor to assign or subcontract the performance or any portion thereof of this Agreement without the express written consent of City shall be invalid and shall constitute a breach of this Agreement. 12. TERMINATION 12.1 In the event that either Party fails or refuses to perform any of the provisions of this Agreement at the time and in the manner required, that Party shall be deemed in default in the performance of this Agreement. If such default is not cured within a period of two (2) calendar days after receipt of written notice of default specifying the nature of South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page 5 such default and the steps necessary to cure such default, or if more than two (2) calendar days are reasonably required to cure the default and the defaulting Party fails to give adequate assurance of due performance within two (2) calendar days after receipt of written notice of default, or thereafter fails to diligently take steps to cure the default, the non -defaulting Party may terminate the Agreement forthwith by giving to the defaulting Party written notice thereof. City shall be refunded all money for Equipment not delivered and accepted by City at time of termination within thirty (30) calendar days. Cause for default shall further be defined as any breach of this Agreement, any misrepresentation or fraud on the part of the Contractor and/or filing of any petition in U.S. Bankruptcy Court or entering of Bankruptcy by Contractor. 12.2 Notwithstanding the above provisions, City shall have the right, at its sole discretion without cause, of terminating this Agreement at any time by giving seven (7) calendar days prior written notice to Contractor. In the event of termination under this Section, City shall pay Contractor for services satisfactorily performed and costs incurred up to the effective date of termination for which Contractor has not been previously paid. City shall be refunded all money for Equipment not delivered and accepted by City at time of termination within thirty (30) calendar days. On the effective date of termination, Contractor shall deliver to City all equipment, reports, documents and other information developed or accumulated in the performance of this Agreement, whether in draft or final form. 13. CONSENT TO BREACH NOT WAIVER No term or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed waived and no breach excused, unless such waiver or consent shall be in writing and signed by the Party claimed to have waived or consented to such breach. Any consent by any Party to, or waiver of, a breach by the other, whether express or implied, shall not constitute consent to, waiver of, or excuse for any other different or subsequent breach. 14. REMEDIES NOT EXCLUSIVE The remedies for breach set forth in this Agreement are cumulative as to one (1) another and as to any other provided by law, rather than exclusive; and the expression of certain remedies in this Agreement does not preclude resort by either Party to any other remedies provided by law. 15. FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND 15.1 Contractor shall perform all work under this Agreement, taking necessary steps and precautions to perform the work to City's satisfaction. Contractor shall be responsible for the professional quality, technical assurance, timely completion and coordination of all documentation and other Equipment or services furnished by the Contractor under this Agreement. Contractor shall perform all work diligently, carefully, and in a good and workman -like manner; shall furnish all labor, supervision, machinery, equipment, materials, and supplies necessary therefore; shall at its sole expense obtain and maintain all permits and licenses required by public authorities, including those of City required in its governmental capacity, in connection with performance of the work; South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page 6 and, if permitted to subcontract, shall be fully responsible for all work performed by subcontractors. 15.2 Contractor shall obtain, provide and maintain at its own expense during the term of this Agreement a Faithful Performance Bond in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the Total Compensation to be paid Contractor as set forth in this Agreement. The form of such Faithful Performance Bond is attached as Exhibit D and incorporated herein by reference. The Faithful Performance Bond shall be issued by an insurance organization or surety (1) currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, (2) listed as an acceptable surety in the latest revision of the Federal Register Circular 570, and (3) assigned a Policyholders' Rating A- (or higher) and Financial Size Category Class VII (or larger) in accordance with the latest edition of Best's Key Rating Guide: Property -Casualty. 15.3. Contractor shall deliver, concurrently with execution of this Agreement, the Faithful Performance Bond and a certified copy of the "Certificate of Authority" of the Insurer or Surety issued by the Insurance Commissioner, which authorizes the Insurer or Surety to transact surety insurance in the State of California. 16. INDEMNIFICATION 16.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless City, its City Council, boards and commissions, officers, agents, volunteers, and employees (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties") from and against any and all claims (including, without limitation, claims for bodily injury, death or damage to property), demands, obligations, damages, actions, causes of action, suits, losses, judgments, fines, penalties, liabilities, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, attorney's fees, disbursements and court costs) of every kind and nature whatsoever (individually, a Claim; collectively, "Claims"), which may arise from or in any manner relate (directly or indirectly) to any breach of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, any work performed or services or equipment provided under this Agreement including, without limitation, defects in workmanship or materials (including the negligent and/or willful acts, errors and/or omissions of Contractor, its principals, officers, agents, employees, suppliers, consultants, subcontractors, anyone employed directly or indirectly by any of them or for whose acts they may be liable or any or all of them). 16.2 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary Contractor shall not be required to indemnify the Indemnified Parties from any and all Claims (a) arising from the sole or partial negligence (including, without limitation, active and pass negligence) or willful misconduct of the Indemnified Parties or their boards and commissions, officers, agents, volunteers, representatives, contractors, and employees, as well as any third parties, or (b) that are filed in court or any other administrative agency or asserted (in writing) against Indemnified Parties more than one (1) calendar year after the project and/or services contemplated by this Agreement are completed. The "active and passive negligence or willful misconduct" in the preceding sentence shall mean, without limitation or affecting the statutory and common law legal definition, Indemnified Parties failing to promptly follow written recommendations of Contractor arising out of or relating to the Equipment provided. Nothing in this indemnity shall be construed as South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page 7 authorizing any award of attorneys' fees in any action on or to enforce the terms of this Agreement. This indemnity shall apply to all claims and liability regardless of whether any insurance policies are applicable. The policy limits do not act as a limitation upon the amount of indemnification to be provided by Contractor; provided however, that Contractor shall be reimbursed for any indemnification provided to Indemnified Parties from insurance policy benefits paid to Indemnified Parties arising out of or relating to the Claim. 17. CHARGES AND LIENS Contractor shall pay promptly all indebtedness for labor, materials and equipment used in performance of the work. Contractor shall not permit any lien or charge to attach to the Equipment, but if any does so attach, Contractor shall promptly procure its release and, in accordance with the requirements of Section 15 above, indemnify, defend, and hold City harmless and be responsible for payment of all costs, damages, penalties and expenses related to or arising from or related thereto. 18. INSURANCE Without limiting Contractor's indemnification of City, and prior to commencement of work, Contractor shall obtain, provide and maintain at its own expense during the term of this Agreement or for other periods as specified in this Agreement, which shall be valid until delivery and acceptance of the vehicles as set forth in this Agreement, policies of insurance of the type, amounts, terms and conditions described in the Insurance Requirements attached hereto as Exhibit E, and incorporated herein by reference. 19. CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP Contractor agrees that if there is a change or transfer in ownership of Contractor's business prior to completion of this Agreement, the new owners shall be required under terms of sale or other transfer to assume Contractor's duties and obligations contained in this Agreement and complete them to the satisfaction of City. 20. CONFIDENTIALITY Contractor agrees to maintain the confidentiality of all City and City -related records and information pursuant to all statutory laws relating to privacy and confidentiality that currently exist or exist at any time during the term of this Agreement. All such records and information shall be considered confidential and kept confidential by Contractor and Contractor's staff, agents, employees and subcontractors. 21. FREIGHT (F.O.B. DESTINATION) The Total Compensation includes shipment and delivery of Equipment to designated City location. Contractor assumes full responsibility for all transportation, transportation scheduling, packing, handling, insurance, and other services associated with delivery of all products deemed necessary under this Agreement. South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page 8 22. TERMS AND CONDITIONS Contractor acknowledges that it has read and agrees to all terms and conditions included in this Agreement. 23. SIGNATORIES AUTHORITY Each person executing this Agreement expressly warrants that he or she is authorized to do so on behalf of the entity for which he or she is executing this Agreement. The City and Contractor represent and warrant that this Agreement is executed voluntarily, with full knowledge of its significance. 24. STANDARD PROVISIONS 24.1 Recitals. City and Contractor acknowledge that the above Recitals are true and correct and are hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement. 24.2 Compliance with all Laws. Contractor shall at its own cost and expense comply with all statutes, ordinances, regulations and requirements of all governmental entities, including federal, state, county or municipal, whether now in force or hereinafter enacted. In addition, all Work prepared by Contractor shall conform to applicable City, county, state and federal laws, rules, regulations and permit requirements and be subject to approval of the Project Administrator and City. 24.3 Waiver. A waiver by either party of any breach, of any term, covenant or condition contained herein shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition contained herein, whether of the same or a different character. 24.4 Integrated Contract. This Agreement represents the full and complete understanding of every kind or nature whatsoever between the Parties hereto, and all preliminary negotiations and Agreements of whatsoever kind or nature are merged herein. No verbal contract or implied covenant shall be held to vary the provisions herein. 24.5 Conflicts or Inconsistencies. In the event there are any conflicts or inconsistencies between this Agreement and the Exhibits attached hereto, the terms of this Agreement shall govern. 24.6 Amendments. This Agreement may be modified or amended only by a written document executed by both Contractor and City and approved as to form by the City Attorney. 24.7 Controlling Law and Venue. The laws of the State of California shall govern this Agreement and all matters relating to it and any action brought relating to this Agreement shall be adjudicated in a court of competent jurisdiction in the County of Orange, State of California. The California Commercial Code shall be the controlling law for the terms of this Agreement. South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page 9 24.8 Equal Opportunity Employment. Contractor represents that it is an equal opportunity employer and it shall not discriminate against any subcontractor, employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, national origin, handicap, ancestry, sex, age or any other impermissible basis under law. 24.9 Interpretation. The terms of this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the meaning of the language used and shall not be construed for or against either Party by reason of the authorship of the Agreement or any other rule of construction which might otherwise apply. 24.10 Severability. If any term or portion of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal, or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. 24.11 No Attorneys' Fees. In the event of any dispute or legal action arising under this Agreement, the prevailing Party shall not be entitled to attorneys' fees. 24.12 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. [SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE] South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page 10 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the dates written below. APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY ATTORNEY'S OFFICE Date: nq / 2 /Z q By: Aaroh C. Harp o). 0,0..1-,4 City Attorneys ATTEST: oa Date: r _C By: lr- Leilani I. Brown City Clerk �tw P�� ON 1 • I A. � Attachments: Exhibit A Exhibit B Exhibit C Exhibit D Exhibit E CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a California municipal corporation and charter city u,^/ Date: �W �.ozy By:/ Will O'Neill Mayor CONTRACTOR: South Coast Fire Equipment Inc., a California corporation Date: Signed in Counterpart By: Kevin M. Newell Chief Executive Officer and Secretary [END OF SIGNATURES] Specifications for four (4) 2028 or newer Pierce Type 1 1500 GPM Triple Combination Pumpers mounted on a Pierce Enforcer chassis Pricing Proposal Warranty Faithful Performance Bond Insurance Requirements South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page 11 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the dates written below. APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, CITY ATTORNEY'S OFFICE a California municipal corporation and charter city Date:0 /T3f2 Date: By: ���� �— BY. Aar C. Harp CT at. 3o . LK Will O'Neill City Attorney -Af Mayor ATTEST: CONTRACTOR: South Coast Fire Date: Equipment In ., a alifornia corporation 4� Date: w By: By: 11Z1.,.0"AAW <1�1:711jldlJ Leilani I. Brown Kevi Newell City Clerk Chief Executive Officer and Secretary Attachments: Exhibit A: Exhibit B: Exhibit C: Exhibit D: Exhibit E: [END OF SIGNATURES] Specifications for four (4) 2028 or newer Pierce Type 1 1500 GPM Triple Combination Pumpers mounted on a Pierce Enforcer chassis Pricing Proposal Warranty Faithful Performance Bond Insurance Requirements South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page 11 iW:crl:31irs1 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH SPECIFICATIONS FOR FOUR (4) 2028 OR NEWER PIERCE TYPE 1 1500 GPM TRIPLE COMBINATION PUMPERS MOUNTED ON A PIERCE ENFORCER CHASSIS [See attached] South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page A-1 South Coast Fire Equipment representing Pierce Manufacturing is pleased to submit a proposal to City of Newport Beach for a Pierce® 1500 GPM Triple Combination Pumping apparatus. The following paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed. This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications. PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in 1913. Since then we have been building bodies with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over 75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than 62,500 apparatus, including more than 33,900 on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 870,000 total square feet of floor space situated on approximately 105 acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has 300,000 square feet of floor space situated on approximately 38 acres of land. Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market. Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification. In accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards, this proposal will specify whether the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment. Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication, but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for reference only, and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment. GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system. QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D1.1-2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D1.2-2003 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B2.1-2000 requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000 and is performed to American 1 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL Welding Society standards A5.20-E70T1. Furthermore, all employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (3) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal. In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to ensure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand. That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce. To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least fifteen (15) fire departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided. DELIVERY The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to ensure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty. A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered. MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle. SAFETY VIDEO At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (1) 39-minute, professionally produced apparatus safety video, in DVD format. A link to the video is also available on the Pierce Training website. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre -trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance. PERFORMANCE TESTS A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than ten (10) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than 50 percent on the front axle, and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle. The apparatus will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards acceleration and braking requirements. SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT Pierce dealership support will be provided by South Coast Emergency Vehicle Service by operating a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory -trained mechanics on staff 2 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within fifty (50) miles of the fire department. In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000 square feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000 in parts dedicated to service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts. Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes. As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operator's manual library is available for easy reference. Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel, dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a 24 hour 7 day a week toll free hot line, four (4) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year. LIABILITY The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract. INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance: Each Occurrence$1,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate$1,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury$1,000,000 General Aggregate$2,000,000 Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy. The policy will include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract. 3 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form: Each Accident Combined Single Limit:$1,000,000 UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance: Aggregate: $3,000,000 Each Occurrence: $3,000,000 The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies. The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met. Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best. All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions. Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder. INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability insurance: Each Occurrence$1,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate$1,000,000 Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer. 4 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance: Each Occurrence:$25,000,000 Aggregate:$25,000,000 The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies. The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met. Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best. All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions. Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder. SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pumphouse (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) and body will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer. Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality. Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS The apparatus being proposed will be designed and built to match the match cab and body as close as practical to 35795. However, some variation may be necessary due to changes in our manufacturing processes or our product offering. Revisions in NFPA guidelines and/or other regulations may also affect our ability to match the previous unit. NFPA 2024 STANDARDS This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2024, except for fire department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions. 5 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus. All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than 48.00" above the ground must be defined by a 1.00" wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack. A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating. The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications. An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results. NFPA COMPLIANCY Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA". PUMP TEST Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the pump. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and the pump manufacturer's record of pump construction details will be forwarded to the Fire Department. VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA 1900 standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be third -party, independent, audit -certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition. The certification includes: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus. A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. INSPECTION TRIP(S) The bidder will provide three (3) factory inspection trip(s) for meals and hotel accommodations will be provided for 15 customer representative(s). The inspection trip(s) will be scheduled at times mutually agreed upon between the manufacturer's representative and the customer. All costs such as travel, lodging and meals will be the responsibility of the bidder. 6 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL AFTERMARKET SUPPORT WEBSITE Pierceparts.com will provide Pierce authorized dealer access to comprehensive information pertaining to the maintenance and service of their customer's apparatus. This tool will provide the Pierce authorized dealer the ability to service and support their customers to the best of their ability with factory support at their fingertips. Pierceparts.com is also accessible to the end user through the guest login. Limited access is available and vehicle specific parts information accessible by entering a specific VIN number. All end users should see their local authorized Pierce dealer for additional support and service. The website will consist of the following screens at the dealer level: My Fleet Screen The My Fleet screen will provide access to truck detail information on the major components of the vehicle, warranty information, available vehicle photographs, vehicle drawings, sales options, applicable vehicle software downloads, etc. Parts Screens The Parts screens will provide parts look -up capability of Pierce Manufacturing sourced items, with the aid of digital photographs, part drawings and assembly drawings. The parts search application will permit the searching of parts by item description or function group (major system category). The parts application will provide the ability to submit electronically a parts order, parts quote, or parts return request directly to Pierce Manufacturing for processing. Warranty Screen The Warranty screens will provide dealers the ability to submit electronically warranty claims directly to Pierce Manufacturing for reimbursement. My Reports Screens The My Reports screens will provide access to multiple dealer reports to allow the dealership to maintain communication with the customer on the status of orders, claims, and phone contacts. Technical Support Screens The Technical Support screens will provide access to all currently published Operation and Maintenance and Service Publications. Access to Pierce Manufacturing Service Bulletins and Work Instructions, containing information on current service topics and recommendations will be provided. Training The Training screens will provide access to upcoming training classes offered by Pierce Manufacturing along with interactive electronic learning modules (Operators Guides) covering the operation of major vehicle components will be provided. Access to training manuals used in Pierce Manufacturing training classes will be provided. 7 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL About Pierce Access to customer service articles, corporate news, quarterly newsletters, and key contacts within the Customer Service Department will be provided. The current Customer Service Policy and Procedure Manual, detailing the operation of the Customer Service group will also be accessible. BID BOND NOT REQUESTED A bid bond will not be included. If requested, the following will apply: All bidders will provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 5 percent bid bond to accompany their bid. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S. Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570. The bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language, which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty, and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract. Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail. PERFORMANCE BOND Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail. Due to global supply chain constraints, any delivery date contained herein is a good faith estimate as of the date of this order/contract, and merely an approximation based on current information. Delivery updates will be made available, and a final firm delivery date will be provided as soon as possible. If the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing [www.bls.gov Series ID: WPUID61121 ("PPI") has increased at a compounded annual growth rate of 5.0 percent or more between the month Pierce accepts our order ("Order Month") and a month 14 months prior to the then predicted Ready For Pickup date ("Evaluation Month"), then pricing may be updated in an amount equal to the increase in PPI over 5.0 percent for each year or fractional year between the Order Month and the Evaluation Month. The seller will document any such updated price for the customer's approval before proceeding and provide an option to cancel the order. 8 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL If the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing [www.bls.gov Series ID: WPUID6112] ("PPI") has increased at a compounded annual growth rate of 5.0 percent or more between the month Pierce accepts the order ("Order Month") and a month 14 months prior to the then predicted Ready For Pickup date ("Evaluation Month"), then pricing may be updated in an amount equal to the increase in PPI over 5.0 percent for each year or fractional year between the Order Month and the Evaluation Month. The seller will document any such updated price for the customer's approval before proceeding and provide an option to cancel the order. APPROVAL DRAWING A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc. A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. FINAL DRAWING There will be a revised drawing of the truck with all the changes made during production provided at pickup. ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided. 9 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL ENFORCER CHASSIS The Pierce Enforcer TM is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt -type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate strength, capacity for the intended load to be sustained, and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab. MAXIMUM OVERALL HEIGHT The maximum overall height of the apparatus will be 120 inches. MAXIMUM OVERALL LENGTH The maximum overall length of the apparatus will be 380 inches. ANGLE OF APPROACH The angle of approach will be 12 degree degrees. This will be effective with the truck in a loaded state. ANGLE OF DEPARTURE The angle of departure will be 12 degree degrees. This will be effective with the truck in a loaded state. WHEELBASE The wheelbase of the vehicle will be 183 inches. GVW RATING The gross vehicle weight rating will be 43,500 lbs.. FRAME The chassis frame will be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to 10.75" over the rear axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of 25.992 cubic inches and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 3,119,040 in -lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of 2,275,200 in -lb over the rear axle. The frame rails will be constructed of 120,000 psi yield strength heat -treated 0.38" thick steel with 3.50" wide flanges. FRAME REINFORCEMENT In addition, a mainframe internal liner will be provided. The liner will be an internal "C" design that steps to an internal "L" design over the rear axle. It will be heat -treated steel measuring 12.50" x 3.00" x 0.25" through the front portion of the liner, stepping to 9.38" x 3.00" x 0.25" through the rear portion of the liner. Each liner will have a section modulus of 13.58 cubic inches, yield strength of 110,000 psi, and rbm of 1,494,042 in -lb. Total rbm at wheelbase center will be 4,391,869 in -lb. The frame liner will be mounted inside of the chassis frame rail and extend the full length of the frame. FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE The Oshkosh TAK-4® front axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of 22,800 lb. 10 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of 100,000-psi yield strength 8630 steel and the lower control arm casting will be made of 55,000-psi yield ductile iron. The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000-psi yield strength steel. Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations. There will be nine (9) grease fittings supplied, one (1) on each control arm pivot and one (1) on the steering gear extension. The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative camber above rated load. Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life. The ball joint bearing will be of low friction design and be maintenance free. Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis will be provided. The wheel ends will have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle. The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase. The axle will have a turning angle of up to 45 degrees. FRONT SUSPENSION Front Oshkosh TAK-4TM independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of 22,800 lb. The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment. Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each front wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension. The suspension design will be such that there is at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a minimum of 3.75" before suspension bottoms. The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments, without the use of shims. One can adjust for a lean within 15 minutes per side. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows for ride height adjustment on each side. The independent suspension was put through a durability test that simulated 140,000 miles of inner city driving. 11 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERS KONI heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers will be provided on the front suspension. FRONT OIL SEALS Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. FRONT TIRES Front tires will be Michelin 425/65R22.50 radials, 20 ply XZE wide base tread, rated for 22,800 lb maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed. The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc type wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle. REAR AXLE The rear axle will be a Meritor TM, Model RS-24-160, with a capacity of 24,000 lb. TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 68 mph / 109 kph. REAR SUSPENSION The rear suspension will be Standens, semi -elliptical, 3.00" wide x 52.50" long, with a ground rating of 24,000 lb. The spring hangers will be castings. The two (2) top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin, and the rear of the spring will be a slipper style end that will ride in a rear slipper hanger. A steel encased rubber bushing will be used in the spring eye. The steel encased rubber bushing will be maintenance free and require no lubrication. REAR OIL SEALS Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s). REAR TIRES Rear tires will be four (4) Michelin 12R22.50 radials, 16 ply all season XDN2 tread, rated for 27,120 lb maximum axle load and 75 mph maximum speed. The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 8.25" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud 11.25" bolt circle. TIRE BALANCE All tires will be dynamically balanced with wheel weights. TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT There will be a RealWheels LED AirSecureTM tire alert pressure management system provided, that will monitor each tire's pressure. A sensor will be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of six (6) tires. 12 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL The sensor will calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between 10 and 200 psi. The sensor will activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tire drops 5 to 8 psi. Removing the cap from the sensor will indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED will immediately start to flash. LUG NUT COVERS Stainless steel lug nut covers will be installed on all lug nuts. FRONT HUB COVERS Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided. REAR HUB COVERS A pair of stainless steel high hat hub covers will be provided on rear axle hubs. FRONT AND REAR MUD FLAPS Mud flaps with a custom logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels of the apparatus. WHEEL CHOCKS There will be one (1) pair of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc wheel blocks, with easy -grip handle provided. Wheel Chock Brackets There will be one (1) pair of Zico, Model SQCH-44-H, horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets provided for the Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, folding wheel chocks. The brackets will be made of aluminum and consist of a quick release spring loaded rod to hold the wheel chocks in place. The brackets will be mounted forward of the left side rear tire. ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL A vehicle control system will be provided as an integral part of the ABS brake system from Meritor Wabco. The system will monitor and update the lateral acceleration of the vehicle and compare it to a critical threshold where a side roll event may occur. If the critical threshold is met, the vehicle control system will automatically reduce engine RPM, engage the engine retarder (if equipped), and selectively apply brakes to the individual wheel ends of the front and rear axles to reduce the possibility of a side roll event. The system will monitor directional stability through a lateral accelerometer, steer angle sensor and yaw rate sensor. If spinout or drift out is detected, the vehicle control system will selectively apply brakes to the individual wheel ends of the front and rear axles to bring the vehicle back to its intended direction. ANTI -LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM The vehicle will be equipped with a Wabco 4S4M, anti -lock braking system. The ABS will provide a four (4) channel anti -lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti -lock braking system. Each wheel 13 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL will be monitored by the system. When any wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit will then reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti -lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control. AUTOMATIC TRACTION CONTROL An anti -slip feature will be included with the ABS. The Automatic Traction Control will be used for traction in poor road and weather conditions. The Automatic Traction Control will act as an electronic differential lock that will not allow a driving wheel to spin, thereby supplying traction at all times. The ABS electronic control unit (ECU) will work with the engine ECU, sharing information concerning wheel slip. Engine ECU will use information to control engine speed, allowing only as much throttle application as required for the available traction, regardless of how much the driver is asking for. An "off road traction" switch will be provided on the instrument panel. Activation of the switch will allow additional tire slip to let the truck climb out and get on top of deep snow or mud. BRAKES The service brake system will be full air type. The front brake calipers will be Meritor® DiscPlusTm EX225 air disc type. The brake rotors will be 17.00" ventilated. The rear brakes will be MeritorTM, Disc Plus, Model EX225, disc operated with automatic slack adjusters and a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance. BRAKE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR The air compressor will be a Cummins/WABCO with 18.7 cubic feet per minute output. BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system will include: • Brake treadle valve • Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer • Total air system minimum capacity of 4,272 cubic inches • Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi • Spring set parking brake system • Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve • A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel • Park brake relay/inversion and anti -compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi • A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below 80 psi (550 kPa) • 1/4 turn drain valves on each air tank The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test. 14 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL The air tanks will be painted black #98. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER The air dryer will be WABCO System Saver 1200 with spin -on coalescing filter cartridge and 100 watt heater. BRAKE LINES Color -coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat. AIR INLET/OUTLET One (1) air inlet/outlet will be installed recessed with the female coupling located driver's side step well forward. This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system and include a check valve in the inlet line and an 85 psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line. The air outlet will be controlled by a 1/4 turn valve. A mating male fitting will be provided with the loose equipment. The air inlet will allow a shoreline air hose to be connected to the vehicle. This will allow station air to be supplied to the brake system of the vehicle to insure constant air pressure. ADDITIONAL AIR TANK FOR AIR HORN An additional air tank with 1,454 cubic inch displacement will be provided to increase the capacity of the air system. This tank will be dedicated for air horn use. The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. The air tank(s) will be painted job color (lower). The output flow of the engine air compressor varies with engine rpm. Full compressor output is only achieved at governed engine speed. Engine speed may be limited by generators, pumps and other PTO driven options. MANUAL MOISTURE EJECTOR(S) Four (4) manual moisture ejectors will be installed in the brake system. The moisture ejector will be remote mounted on the driver side of vehicle, as close to the edge of vehicle as possible. A loop will be provided at the moisture ejector, to allow for ease of pulling the drain. Each moisture ejector will have a label directly under the ejector, stating air tank drain. Air lines will be routed from the air tank to the moisture ejector. The moisture ejector(s) will be provided on the left front corner of body reservoir(s). 15 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL COMPRESSION FITTINGS ONLY Any nylon tube on the apparatus that is pneumatic will be plumbed with compression type fittings where applicable. Push lock fittings will not be acceptable for any pneumatic nylon tube plumbing. ENGINE The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below: Make: Model: Cummins® X15 500 hp at 1700 rpm Power: Torque: 1850 lb-ft at 1150 rpm Governed Speed: 2100 rpm Emissions Level: EPA 2027 Fuel: Diesel Cylinders: Six (6) Displacement: 912 cubic inches (14.9L) Starter: Delco 39MT+TM Fuel Filters: Frame mounted spin -on style filter from Cummins®. The engine will include On -board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected. The engine will be filled with FA-4 10W30 oil as required by Cummins. REMOTE MOUNTED ENGINE FILTERS The engine fuel and oil filters will be remote mounted for ease of maintenance. HIGH IDLE A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation. The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." ENGINE BRAKE A Jacobs® engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low setting. The engine brake will activate when the system is on and the throttle is released. 16 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL The high setting of the brake application will activate and work simultaneously with the variable geometry turbo (VGT) provided on the engine. The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated. The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required. CLUTCH FAN A Horton® fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and fully engaged in "Pump" position. ENGINE AIR INTAKE The engine air intake will be located above the engine cooling package. It will draw fresh air from the front of the apparatus through the radiator grille. The ember separator is designed to prevent road dirt and recirculating hot air from entering the engine. The ember separator will be easily accessible by tilting the cab. EXHAUST SYSTEM The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the engine's aftertreatment device. The exhaust system will include an aftertreatment device to meet current EPA standards. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipe between the turbo and the aftertreatment device to minimize the transfer of heat to the cab. The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels and will be flush with the body rub rail. The exhaust pipes will be aluminized steel. There will be an aluminized steel exhaust diffuser with a standard straight tip on the end provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser. EXHAUST MODIFICATION An adapter for the Magnegrip exhaust extraction system will be provided on the end of the tail pipe. RADIATOR The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards. For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The radiator core will consist of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes. The radiator core will have a minimum front area of 1060 square inches. Supply tank will be made of heavy duty glass -reinforced nylon and the return tank will be made of aluminum. Both tanks will be crimped onto the core assembly using header tabs and a compression 17 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. There will be a full steel frame around the inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability. The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions. The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven terrain. The radiator will include a de-aeration/expansion tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap. A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system. Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. COOLANT LINES Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by Pierce Manufacturing. Hose clamps will be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They will expand and contract according to coolant system temperature thereby keeping a constant clamping pressure on the hose. FUEL TANK A 65 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassis. The tank will be constructed of 12-gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps. A 0.75" drain plug will be located in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet will be located on the left hand side of the body and is covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only." A 0.50" diameter vent will be installed from tank top to just below fuel fill inlet. The fuel tank will meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume. All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK An 8.0 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the driver's side body rearward of the rear axle. A 0.50" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. 18 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL A fill inlet will be provided and marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only". The fill inlet will be located adjacent to the engine fuel inlet behind a triple, painted door on the left side of the vehicle. The fuel door will be held closed by one (1) Southco C2 lever latch. The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event of tank freezing. The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing. FUEL PRIMING PUMP A Cummins automatic electronic fuel priming pump will be integrated as part of the engine. FUEL SHUTOFF A fuel line shutoff valve will be installed on both the inlet and outlet of the primary fuel filter. FUEL COOLER An air to fuel cooler will be installed in the engine fuel return line. The fuel filler door will include a holder for the fuel fill cap. FUEL LABEL There will be a label provided around fuel fill, to read "NO DEF" on the top, and "Diesel Fuel Only" on the bottom of the fuel cap. All lettering will be white, provided on a green background. FUEL SEPARATOR The engine will be equipped with a Racor in -line spin -on fuel and water separator in addition to the engine fuel filters. TRANSMISSION An Allison 6th generation, Model EVS 4000P, electronic, torque converting, automatic transmission will be provided. The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due. Two (2) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and 1 o'clock). A transmission temperature gauge with an amber light and buzzer will be installed on the cab instrument panel. TRANSMISSION SHIFTER A six (6)-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation. The transmission ratio will be: 1 st 3.51 to 1.00 19 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL 2nd 1.91 to 1.00 3rd 1.43 to 1.00 4th 1.00 to 1.00 5th 0.75 to 1.00 6th 0.64 to 1.00 R 4.80 to 1.00 TRANSMISSION PROGRAMMING The transmission will be programmed to automatically shift the transmission to neutral when the parking brake is set to simplify operation and increase operational safety. TRANSMISSION COOLER A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature. TRANSMISSION FLUID The transmission will be provided with TranSynd, or other Allison approved TES-668 heavy duty synthetic transmission fluid. DRIVELINE Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1810 universal joints. The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation. A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent. STEERING Dual Sheppard, Model M110, steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and an Eaton, Model VN20, hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings. A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations. STEERING WHEEL The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a four (4)- spoke design. There will be a switch pod provided on the left side of the steering wheel between the spokes. The switch pods will be an integral part of the steering wheel. The following switches will be provided: • Windshield wash • Wiper intermittent speed increase • Wiper intermittent speed decrease 20 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL • Hi/Lo wiper speed • Wiper off LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON DASH The dash panel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (3) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (8) characters in the first row, 11 characters in the second row and 11 characters in the third row. The first row of text will be: Newport The second row of text will be: Beach The third row of text will be: Fire BUMPER A one (1)-piece, ten (1) gauge, 304-213 type polished stainless steel bumper, a minimum of 10.00" high, will be attached to a bolted modular extension frame constructed of 50,000 psi tensile steel "C" channel mounted directly behind it to provide adequate support strength. The bumper will be extended 19.00" from front face of cab. Gravel Pan A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and cab face. The gravel pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration of the aluminum treadplate. CENTER HOSE TRAY A hose tray, constructed of aluminum, will be placed in the center of the bumper extension. The tray will have a capacity of 20' of 5.00" double jacket cotton -polyester hose. Black rubber grating will be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes are also provided. Center Hose Tray Cover A bright aluminum treadplate cover will be provided over the center hose tray. The cover will be "notched" allowing the hose to be pre connected to hose connection. The cover will be attached with a stainless steel hinge. A D-ring latch will secure the cover in the closed position and a mechanical stay arm on each side will hold the cover in the open position. The arm will be IDS. LEFT SIDE HOSE TRAY A hose tray will be placed in the left side of the extended bumper. 21 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL The tray will be 23.00" wide. The front outside corner of the tray will be cut on a 45 degree angle to maximize the space available in the bumper extension. The tray will have a capacity of 100' of 1.5" Black rubber grating will be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes will be provided. Left Side Hose Tray Cover A bright aluminum treadplate cover will be provided over the left side hose tray. The cover will be attached with a stainless steel hinge. There will be one (1) D-ring latch provided to secure the cover in the closed position and a mechanical stay arm will hold the cover in the open position. LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS Mounted to the frame extension will be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts will be designed and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems. The lift and tow mounts with eyes will be painted the same color as the frame. TOW EYES Two (2) chromed steel tow eyes will be installed under the bumper and attached to the front frame members. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will have a .25" radius. The tow eyes will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 9,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow eyes will not be used for lifting of the apparatus. LICENSE PLATE BRACKET A non -illuminated license plate bracket will be mounted on the front bumper. The bracket will be formed from bright stainless steel. CAB The Enforcer cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and manufactured by the chassis builder. The cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises. For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be a heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards. The cab will have 12 main vertical structural members located in the A -pillar (front cab corner posts), B- pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts), and rear wall areas. The A -pillar will be constructed of solid A356-T5 aluminum castings. The B-pillar and C-pillar will be constructed from 0.13" wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two (2) 2.00" x 2.00" outer aluminum extrusions and two (2) 2.00" x 1.00" inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical structural members will run from the floor to 4.625" x 3.864" x 0.090" thick roof extrusions to provide a cage -like structure with the A -pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a 0.25" thick corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly. 22 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL The front of the cab will be constructed of a 0.13" firewall plate, covered with a 0.090" front skin (for a total thickness of 0.22"), and reinforced with a full width x 0.50" thick cross -cab support located just below the windshield and fully welded to the engine tunnel. The cross -cab support will run the full width of the cab and weld to each A -pillar, the 0.13" firewall plate, and the front skin. The cab floors will be constructed of 0.125" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall with an additional 0.25" thick cross -floor support providing a total thickness of 0.375" of structural material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with two (2) triangular 0.30" wall extrusions that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the floor wireway of the cab to the engine tunnel side plates, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab. The cab will be 96.00" wide (outside door skin to outside door skin) to maintain maximum maneuverability. The centerline of front axle to the rear of the cab will be 70.00" long. The forward cab section will have an overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately 99.00". The crew cab section will have a 10.00" raised roof, with an overall cab height of approximately 109.00". The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight rating, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed. The floor to ceiling height inside the crew cab will be 63.50" in the forward facing outboard positions and 54.50" in the forward facing center position. The crew cab floor will measure 46.00" from the rear wall to the back side of the rear facing seat risers. The medium block engine tunnel, at the rearward highest point (knee level), will measure 61.50" to the rear wall. The big block engine tunnel will measure 51.50" to the rear wall. The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants. The cab will be a full tilt cab style. A 3-point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab. CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be painted to match the cab roof, and bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof. CAB PUMP ENCLOSURE The rear of the cab will be made to house the fire pump below the forward facing crew cab seats. The cab side panels will be notched to accommodate the pump panel. 23 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL FENDER LINERS Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided. PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD A one (1)-piece safety glass windshield will be provided with over 2,775 square inches of clear viewing area. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (3) layers: outer light, middle safety laminate, and inner light. The outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance. WINDSHIELD WIPERS Three (3) electric windshield wipers with washer will be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE requirements. The washer reservoir will be able to be filled without raising the cab. ENGINE TUNNEL Engine tunnel side walls will be constructed of 0.375" aluminum. The top will be constructed of 0.125" aluminum and will be tapered at the top to allow for more driver and passenger elbow room. The engine tunnel will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. Perforated foil faced insulation will be over a 1.00" thick closed cell foam affixed with pressure sensitive adhesive and further secured with mechanical fasteners. Thermal rating for this insulation will be -40 degrees Fahrenheit to 300 degrees Fahrenheit. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards. The engine tunnel will be no higher than 18.00" off the crew cab floor. INTERIOR CAB INSULATION The cab will include 1.00" insulation in the ceiling, 1.50" insulation in the side walls, a minimum of 1.00" insulation in the crew cab floor, and 2.00" insulation in the rear wall to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation. CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered. CAB LIFT A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided consisting of an electric powered hydraulic pump, dual lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves. Hydraulic pump will have a manual override for backup in the event of electrical failure. Lift controls will be located on the right side pump panel or front area of the body in a convenient location. 24 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL In addition to the panel controls, a 15' remote control will be provided for raising and lowering the cab. The remote control will be stored in the cab. The receptacle for the remote control will be located on the left side step well. The cab will be capable of tilting 43 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal. The cab will be locked down by a 2-point normally closed spring loaded hook type latch that fully engages after the cab has been lowered. The system will be hydraulically actuated to release the normally closed locks when the cab lift control is in the raised position and cab lift system is under pressure. When the cab is completely lowered and system pressure has been relieved, the spring loaded latch mechanisms will return to the normally closed and locked position. The hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the control is located in the tilt position. For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the left side between the chassis and cab frame when the cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered. Cab Lift Interlock The cab lift system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. GRILLE A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab. DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES All cab door jambs will be furnished with a 1.00" polished stainless steel scuffplate, mounted on the striker side of the jamb. SCUFFPLATES, REAR CAB CORNER GUARDS Both rear cab corners will be furnished with a full height, polished stainless steel corner guard scuffplate. The guard will extend 1.00" from the corner to protect paint from damage when pulling items (such as booster hose) around the cab. SCUFFPLATE A stainless steel scuffplate will be mounted next to the driver and officer on the engine tunnel. The scuffplates will extend from the floor up to the vinyl covering and from the seat riser forward as far as possible. MIRRORS A Retrac Aerodynamic, Model 613295, dual vision, motorized, west coast style mirror with chrome finish will be mounted on each side of the front cab door with spring loaded retractable arms. The flat glass and convex glass will be adjustable with a remote control within reach of the driver. 25 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL DOORS To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab door openings will be a minimum of 37.50" wide x 63.37" high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab door openings will be a minimum of 34.30" wide x 73.25" high. The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of 0.093". The exterior door skins will be constructed from 0.090" aluminum. A customized, vertical, pull -down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The finish of the door handle will be chrome/black. The exterior handle will be designed specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands. Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands. The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model 751. The locks will be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed. A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano -type hinge with a 0.38" pin and 11 gauge leaf will be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive -type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather -tight fit. A chrome grab handle will be provided on the inside of each cab door for ease of entry. A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be securely mounted. The bottom cab step at each cab door location will be located below the cab doors and will be exposed to the exterior of the cab. Door Panels The inner cab door panels will be spayed with dark gray UL-LX® polyurethane/polyurea elastomer abrasive resistant material. ELECTRIC OPERATED CAB DOOR WINDOWS All four (4) cab doors will be equipped with electric operated windows with one (1) flush mounted automotive style switch on each door. The driver's door will have four (4) switches, one (1) to control each door window. Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1 second. 26 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL ELECTRIC CAB DOOR LOCKS The front driver and officer doors will have a door lock master switch that will control all front and rear crew cab door locks. Each rear crew cab door will have its own lock control. There will be one (1) concealed switch located left side under cab corner The lock system will include two (2) key FOBs that allow for keyless entry into the vehicle. The key FOB system will use code hopping technology for high security and be FCC part 15 compliant. KEY PAD FOR ELECTRIC DOOR LOCKS For improved convenience, the cab door locks will include a keypad entry system to provide complete keyless entry to the cab. There will be one (1) keypad provided, located on the driver's side of the cab behind the front cab door. The keypad will include visual and audio feedback to confirm activation and acknowledge correct entry code. For enhanced night time use, the keypad will be lighted. For increased security, the system will allow over 3000 possible code combinations. KEY PAD CODE The code for the key pad will be set to 83000. CAB STEPS A dual step will be provided below each cab and crew cab door. The steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material providing support, slip resistance, and drainage. The steps will be a bolt -in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum 25.00" wide, and the crew cab steps will be 21.50" wide with a 10.00" minimum depth. The step design raises the middle step higher and closer to the cab floor, resulting in a 12.50" distance from the step to cab floor in the cab and a 10.25" distance from the step to cab floor in the crew cab. Stepping distances from the ground to first step will be approximately 14.00" and from first step to middle step will be approximately 12.00". The vertical surface of the upper step well will be aluminum treadplate. The first step will be lit by a white 12 volt DC LED light provided on the step. CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS A Hansen knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. Each handrail will be provided with red LED lights. The lights will be activated when the headlight switch is activated and the parking brake is applied. The LED lights may be load managed. STEP LIGHTS There will be eight (8) Whelen, Model OACOEDCR, round LED step lights provided with 45 degree chrome bezels to direct the light downward. The lights will be installed in the cab and crew cab at the following locations: • Two (2) in the left side front doorstep. • Two (2) in the left side crew cab doorstep. 27 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL • Two (2) in the right side front doorstep. • Two (2) in the right side crew cab doorstep. The lights will be activated when the adjacent door is opened. FENDER CROWNS Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. CREW CAB WINDOWS One (1) fixed window with tinted glass will be provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the front cab door. The windows will be sized to enhance light penetration into the cab interior. The windows will measure 18.70" wide x 23.75" high. LEFT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT The rollup window in the left side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. BEHIND LEFT SIDE CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT The window behind the left side front cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. RIGHT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT The rollup window in the right side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. RIGHT SIDE UPPER CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT The upper window in the right side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. BEHIND RIGHT SIDE CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT The window behind the right side front cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. LEFT SIDE UPPER CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT The upper window in the left side crew cab door will be tinted privacy dark gray. CUP HOLDER There will be four (4) cup holder(s) provided. Each cup holder will have self-adjusting fingers that automatically grip beverage containers of various sizes. A recess in the cup holder will allow it to hold beverage containers with handles. The cup holder(s) will be located at customer pick-up. CAB DASH The driver side dash, switch panel located to the right of the driver, and center console will be constructed of metal and painted to match the cab interior. The officer side dash will be a flat top design with an upper beveled edge to provide easy maintenance and will be constructed out of aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. 28 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL The instrument gauge cluster will be surrounded with a high impact ABS plastic contoured to the same shape of the instrument gauge cluster. EQUIPMENT MOUNTING SHELF There will be two (2) shelves for permanent mounting of equipment provided. The shelves will be located above the left and right side rear facing seat risers. Each shelf will be as wide and long as possible. The shelves will be supported by cross bracing to keep the area under the shelves open. The shelves will be installed above the rear facing seat risers each side and over engine housing to match 36539. Each shelf will have a 2.00" lip around edge. The shelves will be fabricated from aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. Shelves not intended for storage of loose equipment. Items stored on each shelf will be permanently attached to meet current edition of applicable NFPA standards. EQUIPMENT MOUNTING TRAY(S) There will be one (1) tray(s) for mounting of equipment located between the forward facing seats. Each tray will have a 2.00" lip on four (4) sides. The size of the tray(s) will be 24" x with of the raised floor. Each tray will be fabricated from aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. Tray not intended for storage of loose equipment. Items stored on tray will be permanently attached to meet current edition of applicable NFPA standards. CAB INTERIOR The cab interior will be constructed of primarily metal (painted aluminum) to withstand the severe duty cycles of the fire service. The engine tunnel will be padded and covered, on the top and sides, with dark silver gray 36 ounce leather grain vinyl resistant to oil, grease, and mildew. For durability and ease of maintenance, the cab interior side walls will be painted aluminum. The rear wall will be painted aluminum. The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material will be vinyl. A sound barrier will be part of its composition. Material will be installed on an aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling. The forward portion of the cab headliner will permit easy access for service of electrical wiring or other maintenance needs. All wiring will be placed in metal raceways. 29 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY The cab interior upholstery will be 36 oz dark silver gray vinyl. CAB INTERIOR PAINT The cab interior metal surfaces, excluding the rear heater panels, will be painted fire smoke gray, vinyl texture paint. The rear heater panels will be painted black, vinyl textured paint. CAB FLOOR A small blister will be provided at the rear of the engine tunnel for chassis components. The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with PolydampTm acoustical floor mat consisting of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler. The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a 0.25" thick closed cell foam (no water absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. The floor of the outboard crew cab step inside of the cab will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate. DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in the cab above the engine tunnel area. Cab Defroster A 54,000 BTU heater -defroster unit with 690 SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The heater -defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be strategically located in the cab header extrusion per the following: • One (1) adjustable outlet directed towards the left side cab window. • One (1) adjustable outlet directed towards the right side cab window. • Six (6) fixed outlets directed at the windshield. The defroster will be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at 0 degrees Fahrenheit for 10 hours, and a 2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield. The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J382 requirements. Cab/Crew Auxiliary Heater There will be one (1) 31,000 BTU auxiliary heater with 560 SCFM of air flow provided in each outboard rear facing seat risers with a dual scroll blower. An aluminum plenum incorporated into the cab structure used to transfer heat to the forward positions. Air Conditioning A 19.10 cubic inch compressor will be installed on the engine. 30 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL A roof -mounted condenser with a 78,000 BTU output at 2,400 SCFM that meets and exceeds the performance specification will be installed on the cab roof. The condenser cover to be painted to match the cab roof. The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100 degrees Fahrenheit to 75 degrees Fahrenheit at 50 percent relative humidity within 30 minutes. The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of 4 hours. The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel. The evaporator will include one (1) high performance heating core, one (1) high performance cooling core with (1) plenum directed to the front and one (1) plenum directed to the rear of the cab. The rear plenum will be covered with a metal cover painted to match the cab interior. The evaporator unit will have a 52,000 BTU at 690 SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the performance specifications. Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following: • Four (4) outlets directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab. • Four (4) outlets directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab. Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the evaporator cover per the following: • Minimum of five (5) outlets directed towards crew cab area. A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter cover will be secured with four (4) screws. The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-134A and will be installed by a certified technician. Climate Control An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system within the cab. The controller will have three (3) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and air flow distribution (front to rear) control. The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the center of the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab and crew cab temperature. The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob. Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the fan speeds to 100 percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position. The system controller will be located within panel position #12 31 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL Gravity Drain Tubes Two (2) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will have two (2) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan. No pumps will be provided. SUN VISORS Two (2) smoked LexanTM sun visors will be provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab. There will be no retention bracket provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed position. GRAB HANDLES A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver and officer's side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handles will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield. ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS There will be one (1) Whelen, Model 3SCOCDCR, 12 volt DC, 3.00" white LED light(s) with Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC, chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment illumination. These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised. ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface. The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling. The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush lift and turn latch will be provided on the access door. MAP BOX A map box with eight (8) bins, open at top, will be installed on the engine housing between driver and officer exact location determined at mid or final. The overall map box will be 24.00" wide x 13.00" long. On each side there will be 3.00" wide x 4.00" high bins. A permanent partition will be provided 6.00" from the front. The center will be 18.00" wide x 7.00" high and be split into four (4) sections. One (1) 2.00" narrow bin will be provided on the right side. The remaining space will be spilt into three (3) even sections with permanent dividers. The center compartment area will contain slots for movable dividers to be placed at half inch increments. There will be a sixteen (16) 13.00" wide dividers provided. The map box will be constructed of .125" aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. 32 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL FRONTAL IMPACT PROTECTION The cab will be provided with a frontal impact protection system and will include the following: • A supplemental restraint system (SRS) sensor will be installed on a structural cab member behind the instrument panel. The SRS sensor will perform real time diagnostics of all critical subsystems and will record sensory inputs immediately before and during a frontal impact event. • A fault -indicating light will be provided on the vehicle's instrument panel allowing the driver to monitor the operational status of the SRS system. • A driver side front air bag will be mounted in the steering wheel and will be designed to protect the head and upper torso of the occupant, when used in combination with the three (3)-point seat belt. • A passenger side knee bolster air bag will be mounted in the modesty panel below the dash panel and will be designed to protect the legs of the occupant, when used in combination with the three (3)-point seat belt. • Driver and front passenger suspension seats will be provided with devices to retract them to the lowest travel position during a frontal impact event. • Driver and front passenger seat belts will be provided with pre-tensioners to remove slack from the seat belt during frontal impact event. The SRS system will provide protection during a frontal or oblique impact event. The system will activate when the vehicle decelerates at a predetermined G force known to cause injury to the occupants. The cab and chassis will have been subjected, via third party test facility, to a crash impact during frontal and oblique impact testing. Testing included all major chassis and cab components such as mounting straps for fuel and air tanks, suspension mounts, front suspension components, rear suspensions components, frame rail cross members, engine and transmission and their mounts, pump house and mounts, frame extensions and body mounts. The testing provided configuration specific information used to optimize the timing for firing the safety restraint system. The sensor will activate the pyrotechnic devices when the correct crash algorithm, wave form, is detected. The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a frontal or oblique impact event: • Driver side front air bag. • Passenger side knee bolster air bag. • Driver and front passenger suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position. • Driver and front passenger seat belts will be pre -tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place. SEATING CAPACITY The seating capacity of the vehicle (including tiller cab and belted seat positions in the rescue body) will be four (4). DRIVER SEAT A seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel -bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have an 33 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL adjustable reclining back. The seat back will be a high back style with side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. OFFICER SEAT A seat will be provided in the cab for the passenger. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air suspension. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle and side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. The seat will include the following features incorporated into the frontal impact protection system: • A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated this system will pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position. The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. FORWARD FACING LEFT SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There will be one (1) forward facing foldup seat provided at the left side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat will be moved 2.75" inboard from the standard location. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle. For optimal comfort, the seat will be a minimum of 17.00" from the front of the cushion to the face of the seat back and designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. FORWARD FACING RIGHT SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There will be one (1) forward facing foldup seat provided at the right side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat will be moved 2.75" inboard from the standard location. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle. For optimal comfort, the seat will be a minimum of 17.00" from the front of the cushion to the face of the seat back and designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. REAR FACING OVERHEAD STORAGE COMPARTMENT There will be two (2) overhead rear facing storage compartments installed at the raised roof within the crew cab, on each side of the air conditioner. The compartments will be approximately 21.00" wide x 10.00" high x 34.00" deep at the bottom. Each compartment will include one (1) lift up compartment door. Non -locking latch, paddle handle, and gas operated stay arms will be provided. 34 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL The compartment will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. Compartment Light The storage compartment lighting will consist of one (1) white LED strip light installed horizontally above each compartment door opening. FORWARD FACING OVERHEAD CENTER CABINET There will be an overhead forward facing storage compartment installed at the raised roof within the crew cab, centered. The cabinet will be 24.00" wide x 10.00" high x 16.00" deep with one (1) liftup door, painted to match the cab interior with two (2) non -locking, black lever latches. The clear door opening will be 22.00" wide x 7.75" high. The cabinet will include no louvers. The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. Cabinet Light There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed horizontally above the interior cabinet door opening. The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch. DRAWER ASSEMBLY A slide -out drawer assembly will be installed on the engine housing, trays either side. The clear dimensions of the drawer will be 7.00" with a face plate that is 8.00" high x 21.00" deep and a maximum width of 36.00". The drawer will be capable of holding 250 pounds. The drawer will be mounted in a cabinet housing constructed of light gray powder coated aluminum with anodized aluminum frames. The housing will be 24.00" deep, and completely enclose the drawer. A full-length aluminum extruded rail will be provided at the top edge of each drawer. This rail will act as the latching mechanism as well as the handle for each drawer. COMPARTMENT LIGHTING There will be two (2) single 9.00" On Scene Solutions, Model Night Stick, LED lights provided in the under the cab shelf each side engine housing. A rocker switch and the crew cab doors will turn on the lighting on. SEAT UPHOLSTERY All seat upholstery will be black Turnout Tuff material. SEAT EMBROIDERY The seats in the cab and crew cab will be provided with custom embroidery. The Fire Department will determine what the embroidery will be by providing pictures at the time of order. 35 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL The custom logo will be provided in place of the standard OEM logo The embroidery will be provided on four (4) seats. SEAT BELTS All cab and tiller cab (if applicable) seating positions will have red seat belts. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and CAN/ULC - S515 standards. The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will include height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. The 3-point shoulder type belts will also include the ReadyReach D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location. Any flip up seats will include a 3-point shoulder type belts only. To ensure safe operation, the seats will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. HELMET HOLDER There will be a total of four (4) Zico, Model UHH-1, helmet holder bracket(s) provided in the cab. The brackets will provide secure storage and quick access to each helmet. The location of the helmet holder bracket(s) will be determined at the time of final inspection. CAB DOME LIGHTS There will be four (4) dual LED dome lights with black bezels provided. Two (2) lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two (2) lights will be installed and located, one (1) on each side of the crew cab. The color of the LED's will be red and white. The white LED's will be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch. The color LED's will be controlled by the lens switch. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each white LED dome light will provide a minimum of 10.1 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 20.00" x 20.00" square seating position when mounted 40.00" above the seat. ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR CAB AND CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS The cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for 10 seconds for improved visibility after the doors are closed. The dome lights will dim after 10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle's transmission is put into gear. 36 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL HAND HELD SPOTLIGHT There will be three (3) Pelican Products, Model 9050 LED, 12v DC yellow rechargeable lights mounted two in RS-3 one forward and rearward on the center shelf, one in LS3 on forward partition high above top shelf. Each charger will be hard wired to the 12 VDC system. CAB INSTRUMENTATION The cab instrument panel include gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lamps, control switches, alarms, and a diagnostic panel. The function of the instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section, forward of the driver. The gauge assembly and switch panels are designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership. Gauges The gauge panel will include the following ten (10) black faced gauges with black bezels to monitor vehicle performance: Voltmeter gauge (volts): o Low volts (11.8 VDC) ■ Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm ■ Amber caution light on gauge assembly o High volts (15.5 VDC) ■ Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm ■ Amber caution light on gauge assembly o Very low volts (11.3 VDC) ■ Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm ■ Amber caution light on gauge assembly o Very high volts (16.0 VDC) ■ Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm Amber caution light on gauge assembly Engine Tachometer (RPM) Speedometer MPH (Major Scale), KM/H (Minor Scale) Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions): o Low fuel (1/8 full) ■ Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm ■ Amber caution light on gauge assembly o Very low fuel (1/32 full) ■ Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm ■ Amber caution light on gauge assembly Engine Oil pressure Gauge (PSI): o Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms ■ Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm 37 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL ■ Amber caution light on gauge assembly • Front Air Pressure Gauges (PSI): o Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm ■ Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm • Amber caution light on gauge assembly • Rear Air Pressure Gauges (PSI): o Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm ■ Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm ■ Amber caution light on gauge assembly • Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit): o High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm ■ Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm ■ Amber caution light on gauge assembly • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit): o High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarms ■ Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm ■ Amber caution light on gauge assembly • Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions): o Low fluid (1/8 full) ■ Amber indicator light in gauge dial All gauges will perform prove out at initial power -up to ensure proper performance. Indicator Lamps To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be located on the instrument panel in clear view of the driver. The indicator lamps will be "dead -front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols. The following amber telltale lamps will be present: • Low coolant • Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable) • Check engine • Check trans (check transmission • Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat • Air rest (air restriction) • Caution (triangle symbol) • Water in fuel • DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration) • Trailer ABS (where applicable) • Wait to start (where applicable) • HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) • ABS (antilock brake system) • MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) 38 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL • Side roll fault (where applicable) • Front air bag fault (where applicable) The following red telltale lamps will be present: • Warning (stop sign symbol) • Seat belt • Parking brake • Stop engine • Rack down The following green telltale lamps will be provided: • Left turn • Right turn • Battery on The following blue telltale lamp will be provided: • High beam Alarms Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present. Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present. Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (3) to five (5) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every 30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively. Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove -Out A system will be provided which automatically tests telltale indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove -out at initial power -up to ensure proper performance. Control Switches For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications. Headlight/Parking light switch: A three (3)-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking and headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch will activate the headlights. 39 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL Panel back lighting intensity control switch: A three (3)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. Pressing the top half of the switch, "Panel Up" increases the panel back lighting intensity and pressing the bottom half of the switch, "Panel Down" decreases the panel back lighting intensity. Pressing the half or bottom half of the switch several times will allow back lighting intensity to be gradually varied from minimum to maximum intensity level for ease of use. Ignition switch: A three (3)-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will turn off and deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition and will perform prove -out on the telltale indicators and alarms for 3 to 5 seconds after the switch is turned on. A green indicator lamp is activated with vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will temporarily silence all active cab alarms. An alarm "chirp" may continue as long as alarm condition exists. Switching ignition to off position will terminate the alarm silence feature and reset function of cab alarm system. Engine start switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation. Hazard switch will be provided on the instrument panel or on the steering column. Heater, defroster, and air conditioning control panel. Turn signal arm: A self -canceling turn signal with high beam headlight controls will be provided. Windshield wiper control will have high, low and intermittent modes. Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided. Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel. High idle engagement switch: A momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The switch will activate and deactivate the high idle function. The "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged. "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement. Emergency switching will be controlled by multiple individual warning light switches for various groups or areas of emergency warning lights. An Emergency Master switch provided on the instrument panel that enables or disables all individual warning light switches is included. An additional "Emergency Master" button will be provided on the lower left hand corner of the gauge panel to allow convenient control of the "Emergency Master" system from inside the driver's door when standing on the ground. 40 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL Custom Switch Panels The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (4) switch panels in the lower instrument console and up to six (6) switch panels in the overhead visor console. All switches have backlit labels for low light conditions. Diagnostic Panel A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist. The diagnostic panel will include the following: • Engine diagnostic port • Transmission diagnostic port • ABS diagnostic port • Roll sensor diagnostic port • Command Zone USB diagnostic port • ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) • Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) • Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) Cab LCD Display A digital four (4)-row by 20-character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel. The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (3) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function. The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature. The upper right section will display the following, along with other configuration specific information: • Odometer • Trip mileage • PTO hours • Fuel consumption • Engine hours The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm. The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist. AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided. 41 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL "DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On." The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a steady tone alarm when the parking brake is released. DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone Tm, color display located within sight of the driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged). The following messages will be displayed (where applicable): • Do Not Move Truck • DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open) • PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open) • DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open) • PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) • DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open) • PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open) • Rear Body Door Open • DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down) • PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down) • Deck Gun Not Stowed • Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed) • Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold -A -Tank Not Stowed) • Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed) • Stabilizer Not Stowed • Steps Not Stowed • Handrail Not Stowed Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged. SWITCH PANELS The emergency light switch panel will have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel will contain eight (8) membrane -type switches each rated for one million (1,000,000) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (8) switch assignments will include non- functioning black appliques. The built-in switch panels will be located in the lower console or overhead console of the cab. Additional switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position(s) above the windshield or in designated locations on the lower instrument panel layout. 42 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL The switches will be membrane -type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch will be illuminated white whenever back lighting is activated and illuminated green whenever the switch is active. An active illuminated switch will flash when interlock requirements are not met or device is actively being load managed. For ease of use, a two (2)-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed in the center of the switch. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions. WIPER CONTROL Wiper control will consist of a two (2)-speed windshield wiper control with intermittent feature and windshield washer controls. The control will be located in the left hand pod of the steering wheel. SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: • The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery saver. • The negative wire will be connected to ground. • Wires will be protected to 10 amps at 12 volts DC. • Power and ground will terminate RS1 on the shelf on the wheelwell side. • Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing. Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate in the RS3 compartment above shelf. Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing. The circuits selected above will be controlled by a switch in the following locations: no switch location no additional switch location Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. 43 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: • The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. • The negative wire will be connected to ground. • Wires will be protected to 30 amps at 12 volts DC. • Power and ground will terminate forward wall PS behind driver's seat match San Diego.. • Termination will be to a Blue Sea System, Model 5026, 12 circuit with negative bus bar. The terminal block will include a cover with circuit labels. • Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection. Battery direct loads cannot be Load Managed SPARE CIRCUIT There will be one (1) combination USB QC3.0 and USB Type-C QC4.0 with LED voltage display, fast device charger socket mount(s) installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: • The positive wire will be connected directly to the isolated battery. • The negative wire will be connected to ground. • Wires will be protected to 3 amps at 12 volts DC. • The USB socket mount will be match35795 see pictures rear of forward window frames of the crew cab in painted boxes, and on the center dash instrument panel per photo's. • Termination will be a Powerwerx PaneIQCUSBC. • Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. Battery direct loads cannot be load managed. SPARE CIRCUIT There shall be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires shall have the following features: • The positive wire shall be connected directly to the isolated battery • The negative wire shall be connected to ground • Wires shall be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC • Power and ground shall terminate to the MDC location • Termination shall be with heat shrinkable butt splicing • Wires shall be sized to 125 percent of the protection Battery direct loads cannot be Load Managed 44 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL INSTRUMENT PANEL LAYOUT The instrument panel layout will match move window switch controls in switch panel 11 to be DS C/crew switch space / space / space PS and Ps C/crew match 36539 per the customer. UNDER DASHBOARD LIGHT There will be two (2) Whelen, Model OSROOMCR, red LED rectangular style lights provided in the cab mounted under the dashboard. One (1) will be located under the driver side and one (1) under the officer side dashboard. The lights will activate with a switch in the cab located switch panel 11. STEREO RADIO There will be one heavy duty AM/FM / Weatherband / Bluetooth stereo radio. The radio will be installed within reach of the officer. There will be 5.25" speakers installed one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the cab and one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the crew cab. The antenna will be a roof -mounted rubber antenna located in an open space, on the cab roof. The following Jensen features will be included: • 180 watts max power (45W x 4); 100 watts RMS (25W x 4) • Bluetooth® streaming audio (A2DP/AVRCP) • Weatherband • AM/FM tuner with 30 presets • Audio settings (volume/bass/treble/balance/fade) • Toggle switch between day and night display • Daylight -readable, segmented LCD • Two -wire power with non-volatile memory and clock support • Low battery alert 4-WAY HAZARD LIGHT SWITCH POWERED FROM BATTERY DIRECT The 4-way hazard light switch will be energized from battery direct power. SWIVEL MOUNT There will be one (1) Johnny Ray, Model 203 swivel mount bracket(s) provided for the fire department's radio equipment. The swivel mount bracket(s) will be located top of the dash above traffic directing light control see Photo.. INFORMATION CENTER An information center employing a 7.00" diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing. The information center will have the following specifications: • Operate in temperatures from -40 to 158 degrees Fahrenheit • LCD optically bonded to hardened AR glass lens • Five weather resistant user interface switches • Grey with black accents 45 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL • Sunlight Readable • Linux operating system • Minimum of 1000nits rated display • Display can be changed to an available foreign language • A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area. • Programmed to read US Customary General Screen Design Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used. If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur: • An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition • A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition • The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages. • A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or symbol. Home/Transit Screen This screen will display the following: • Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped) • Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information center) • Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information center) • Seat Belt Monitoring Screen • Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped) • Digital Speedometer • Active Alarms On Scene Screen This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped): • Battery Voltage • Fuel • Oil Pressure 46 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL • Coolant Temperature • RPM • Water Level (if equipped) • Foam Level (if equipped) • Foam Concentration (if equipped) • Water Flow Rate (if equipped) • Water Used (if equipped) • Active Alarms Virtual Buttons There will be four (4) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels. Pane Screen The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality: • Diagnostics o Faults ■ Listed by order of occurrence ■ Allows to sort by system o Interlock ■ Throttle Interlocks ■ Pump Interlocks (if equipped) ■ Aerial Interlocks (if equipped) ■ PTO Interlocks (if equipped) o Load Manager ■ A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load. ■ The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur. ■ The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. ■ "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen. o Systems ■ Command Zone • Module type and ID number • Module Version • Input or output number • Circuit number connected to that input or output • Status of the input or output • Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information ■ Foam (if equipped) ■ Pressure Controller (if equipped) ■ Generator Frequency (if equipped) 47 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL o Live Data ■ General Truck Data • Maintenance o Engine oil and filter o Transmission oil and filter o Pump oil (if equipped) o Foam (if equipped) o Aerial (if equipped) • Setup o Clock Setup o Date & Time ■ 12 or 24 hour format ■ Set time and date o Backlight ■ Daytime ■ Night time ■ Sensitivity o Unit Selection o Home Screen o Virtual Button Setup o On Scene Screen Setup o Configure Video Mode ■ Set Video Contrast ■ Set Video Color ■ Set Video Tint • Do Not Move o The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated ■ Driver Side Cab Door ■ Passenger's Side Cab Door ■ Driver Side Crew Cab Door ■ Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door ■ Driver Side Body Doors ■ Passenger's Side Body Doors ■ Rear Body Door(s) ■ Ladder Rack (if applicable) ■ Deck Gun (if applicable) ■ Light Tower (if applicable) ■ Hatch Door (if applicable) ■ Stabilizers (if applicable) ■ Steps (if applicable) • Notifications o View Active Alarms 48 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL ■ Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm ■ Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced • Timer Screen • HVAC (if equipped) • Tire Information (if equipped) • Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped) Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CENTER There will be one (1) information center(s) each employing a 7.00" diagonal touch screen color LCD display located at the pump operator's panel. The information center(s) will have the following specifications: • Operate in temperatures from -40 to 158 degrees Fahrenheit • LCD optically bonded to hardened AR glass lens • Five weather resistant user interface switches • Grey with black accents • Sunlight Readable • Linux operating system • Minimum of 1000nits rated display • Display can be changed to an available foreign language • A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area. • Programmed to read US Customary General Screen Design Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used. If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur: • An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition • A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition • The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages. • A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or symbol. 49 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL Home/Transit Screen This screen will display the following: • Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped) • Water Level (if equipped) • Foam Level (if equipped) • Seat Belt Monitoring Screen • Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped) • Digital Speedometer • Active Alarms On Scene Screen This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped): • Battery Voltage • Fuel • Oil Pressure • Coolant Temperature • RPM • Water Level (if equipped) • Foam Level (if equipped) • Foam Concentration (if equipped) • Water Flow Rate (if equipped) • Water Used (if equipped) • Active Alarms Virtual Buttons There will be four (4) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels. Page Screen The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality: • Diagnostics o Faults ■ Listed by order of occurrence ■ Allows to sort by system o Interlock ■ Throttle Interlocks ■ Pump Interlocks (if equipped) ■ Aerial Interlocks (if equipped) ■ PTO Interlocks (if equipped) o Load Manager 50 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL ■ A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load. ■ The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur. ■ The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. ■ "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen. o Systems • Command Zone • Module type and ID number • Module Version • Input or output number • Circuit number connected to that input or output • Status of the input or output • Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information ■ Foam (if equipped) • Pressure Controller (if equipped) • Generator Frequency (if equipped) o Live Data ■ General Truck Data • Maintenance o Engine oil and filter o Transmission oil and filter o Pump oil (if equipped) o Foam (if equipped) o Aerial (if equipped) • Setup o Clock Setup o Date & Time ■ 12 or 24 hour format ■ Set time and date o Backlight ■ Daytime ■ Night time • Sensitivity o Unit Selection o Home Screen o Virtual Button Setup o On Scene Screen Setup o Configure Video Mode ■ Set Video Contrast ■ Set Video Color ■ Set Video Tint • Do Not Move 51 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL o The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicate ■ Driver Side Cab Door ■ Passenger's Side Cab Door ■ Driver Side Crew Cab Door ■ Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door ■ Driver Side Body Doors ■ Passenger's Side Body Doors ■ Rear Body Door(s) ■ Ladder Rack (if applicable) ■ Deck Gun (if applicable) ■ Light Tower (if applicable) ■ Hatch Door (if applicable) ■ Stabilizers (if applicable) ■ Steps (if applicable) • Notifications o View Active Alarms ■ Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm ■ Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced • Timer Screen • HVAC (if equipped) • Tire Information (if equipped) Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. VEHICLE DATA RECORDER There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided. The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line. The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs: • Vehicle Speed - MPH • Acceleration - MPH/sec • Deceleration - MPH/sec • Engine Speed - RPM • Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle • ABS Event - On/Off • Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position 52 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL • Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position • Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off • Internal clock syncs the time and date when a laptop is connected Seat Belt Monitoring System A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone TM color display and in the center overhead of the cab instrument panel. The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to 10 seating positions indicating the status of each seat position per the following: • Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated • Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm • No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm • No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when: • The home screen is active: o and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant. o and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated. The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park. INTERCOM SYSTEM A four (4) position intercom system with dual radio interface capability at the driver and officer positions and remote push to transmit buttons located on each side of dash will be provided. Two (2) crew cab positions, located at both forward facing seats, will have radio listen / intercom only. The following David Clark components will be supplied with this system: • Two (2) U3805 Radio Cord Junction Modules • Two (2) U3816 Dual Radio Interface Modules (Driver, Officer) • Four (4) Remote Transmit button kits • One (1) U3800 Intercom Unit (1 Crew) • One (1) C3820 Power Cable. • One (1) U3801 Intercom Unit (1 Crew) • All necessary cables and connectors RADIO / INTERCOM INTERFACE INCLUDED All radio interfaced stations will have universal radio interfaces installed. The interface wiring will be routed within the cab to the radio compartment . UNDER THE HELMET HEADSET There will be four (4) under the helmet, headset(s) provided D,O, two crew. Each David Clark, Model H3442, headset will feature: 53 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL • M-7A noise canceling electret microphone • Hybrid wire/flex boom assembly, 280A rotating, for perfect microphone placement on left or right side • Dynamic earphone elements • Advanced Undercut Gel Ear Seals for superior comfort • Microphone on/off switch • 6 ft. extended coil cord • Adjustable overhead support assembly • Carbon steel nape -band spring, black finish, rotates for left or right side mic positioning • Independently Certified NRR: 23dB REMOTE ON/OFF SWITCH FOR AM/FM RADIO A remote, radio on/off switch will be located driver's overhead. The switch power will be directly to the battery switched power. INTERCOM SYSTEM POWER The intercom master station will be connected to a battery direct circuit. INTERCOM POWER ROUTING The intercom DC power is to be routed to the PS crewcab wall under shelf. PORTABLE RADIO CHARGER INSTALLATION There will be four (4) customer supplied portable two-way radio chargers(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed match 35795, see pictures. Specific shipping requirements will be followed. GPS / MULTIMODE ANTENNA INSTALLATION There will be one (1) customer supplied GPS / Multimode antenna(s) with stud mount for thick roof material to be installed on the roof. The antenna coax cable(s) will be run per the packing list / instructions provided to the third party installer. Specific shipping requirements will be followed. The GPS / Multimode antenna will be sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer prior to cab fabrication. TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION There will be one (1) customer supplied two way radio(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed match 35795, see pictures per the shipping document. No antenna mount or whip will be included in this option. Specific radio shipping requirements will be followed. 54 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL TWO WAY RADIO SPEAKER INSTALLATION There will be three (3) customer supplied two way radio speakers sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred third party installer to be installed center cab ceiling and RS3 high on the front bulkhead, pump panel on front bulkhead. Specific shipping requirements will be followed. RADIO ANTENNA MOUNTS There will be five (5) antenna -mounting base(s), Model MATM, with 17 feet of coax cable and weatherproof cap provided for radio equipment up to 900 Mhz. One (1) of the mounts will be located on the cab roof, just to the rear of the officer seat and the additional mount(s) will be located directly to the left, in the following positions on the cab roof. The cables will be routed to the seat box on the officer side with enough cable for the customer to route to the instrument panel if needed. VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following: • One (1) camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse One (1) camera located on the right side of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the right side turn signal The camera images will be displayed on the left side vehicle information center display. Audio from the microphone on the rear camera will be emitted by an amplified speaker with volume control located behind the driver seat. The following components will be included: • One (1) SV-CW134639CAI SD Camera • One (1) CS134404CI Side SD Camera • All necessary cables Camera Switcher A camera switcher is not required. REAR CAMERA LOCATION The rear camera will be located installed just above the rear traffic directing light out side top of the light. . RECESS, REAR BODY CAMERA A recessed box will be installed in the light stick housing in the rear body to protect the back up camera from damage. 55 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL RECESS REAR CAMERA The rear camera located integrate with 2.5" outlets and traffic advisor will be installed into a polished stainless steel recess. ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting. Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible. Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership. Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type -I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA. Solid -State Control System A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules, electronic control modules to include a see through housing, a power indicator, a status indicator and circuit indicators located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J1939-11 recommended practices. The control system will operate as a master -slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDXTM specifications providing a lower cost of ownership. For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes: • Green LED indicator light for module power • Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status • Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation • No moving parts due to transistor logic • Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators • Integrated electrical system load management without additional components • Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components 56 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL • Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration • Factory and field programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications: • Module circuit board will meet SAE J771 specifications • Operating temperature from -40 degrees Celsius to +70 degrees Celsius • Storage temperature from -40 degrees Celsius to +70 degrees Celsius • Vibration to 50g • IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter) • Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 32 volts DC The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical. Circuit Protection and Control Diagram Copies of all job -specific, computer network input and output (1/0) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information. On -Board Electrical System Diagnostics The on -board information center will include the following diagnostic information: • Text description of active warning or caution alarms • Simplified warning indicators • Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm • Red warning indication with steady tone alarm Advanced diagnostic feature will be provided in this control system. From the Command Zone display or connected wireless device, these features allow the user to monitor the real-time status of every input or output on the vehicle. It also allows users logged in as an administrator to force on inputs or outputs to assist the troubleshooting process. TCU Module with WiFi An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi interface will comply with IEEE 802.11 b/g/n capabilities while communicating at 2.4 Gigahertz. The module will communicate through a white WiFi antenna allowing a line of site communication range of up to 300 feet with a roof mounted antenna. The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command ZoneT"", control and information system. 57 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL The TCU capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone TM, control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault occurs. The data TCU will provide up to 2 Gigabytes of data storage. The TCU will provide a means to download the TCU information and update software in the device. Indicator Light and Alarm Prove -Out System A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. Voltage Monitor System A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels. The alarm will activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes. Dedicated Radio Equipment Connection Points There will be three (3) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two-way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following: • 12-volt 40-amp battery switched power • 12-volt 60-amp ignition switched power • 12-volt 60-amp direct battery power There will also be a 12-volt 100-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center. EMI/RFI Protection To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source. The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMIR for 10KHz-1 GHz to 100 Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J551/2 and SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself. EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and high-powered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. 58 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PROGNOSTICS There will be a software based vehicle tool provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and events. The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone TM information center and/or wireless enabled devices to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals. Prognostics will include the following: • Engine oil and filter • Transmission oil and filter ELECTRICAL All 12-volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal. Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids. Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines: 1. All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof. 2. Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body. 3. Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work. 4. Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non -waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug). 5. All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area. 6. All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal. All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108, will be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments. 59 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order. The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. BATTERY SYSTEM Four (4) Deka, Model 1131XMF, 12 volt, 1000 CCA, 185 reserve capacity, high cycle, maintenance - free, group 31 batteries with a system rating of 4000 CCA at 0 degrees Fahrenheit and 740 minutes of reserve capacity will be provided. The batteries will be provided with threaded studs. ISOLATED BATTERIES Two (2) 12 volt, Deka, Model 1131XMF, group 31 batteries will be provided for voltage sensitive components. Battery isolators appropriately suited for the group 31 battery capacity will be supplied. Each isolated battery will be separate from the system as well as each other. One isolated battery will be located on each side. BATTERY SYSTEM There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel. MASTER BATTERY SWITCH There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system. An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system. BATTERY COMPARTMENTS Batteries will be placed on non -corrosive mats and be stored in well ventilated compartments located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery boxes will have reinforced sides. The battery compartments will be constructed of 0.188" steel plate and be designed to accommodate a maximum of three (3) group 31 batteries in each compartment. The battery hold-downs will be of a non -corrosive material. All bolts and nuts will be stainless steel. Heavy-duty, 2/0 gauge, color coded battery cables will be provided. Battery terminal connections will be coated with anti -corrosion compound. Battery solenoid terminal connections will be encapsulated with semi -permanent rubberized compound. JUMPER STUDS One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color -coded covers will be included on the battery compartments. BATTERY CHARGER There will be a KussmauITM, Chief Series Smart Charger 6012, product code 091-266-12-60, 60 amp battery charger with build -in touch screen display provided. 60 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through a junction box located near the battery charger. The battery charger will be located in the cab behind the driver seat. REMOTE CONTROL PANEL - BATTERY CHARGER There will be a KussmauITM, Model 091-94-12 universal display panel included. It will be wired directly to the chassis batteries. The battery charger indicator will be located near the driver's seat riser with special bracketry. INVERTER There will be a Xantrex Model 817-1000, 1000W, 12 volt DC to 120 volt AC inverter with a built in LCD display, on/off switch and internal 30A transfer relay provided. The inverter will be connected battery direct through proper fusing. A load management solenoid will be installed between the battery and the inverter. The inverter will be connected to power when the battery switch is on and system voltage is above the low voltage threshold. When the shoreline is connected to the truck, the internal auto transfer switch will allow AC shoreline power to pass through the inverter to the AC loads connected to the inverter. Per NFPA 1900, 2024 Edition, Section 21.5.5.2, the alternator and/or battery system will be adequate to provide power for continuous operation for a minimum of 2 hours at full output. Per the fire department specifications, if all DC loads on the NFPA required electrical analysis report are active, the alternator cannot provide adequate power for continuous operation for 2 hours. The apparatus will be non -compliant to NFPA 1900 standards at time of contract execution. The load management system will activate in low voltage situations, and the inverter will be de - energized until chassis electrical system voltage recovers. INVERTER LOCATION The Inverter will be located in the left side forward body compartment located on the ceiling as far to the left side as practical. The battery charger/inverter will be located in the left side forward body hatch compartment located on the back wall as high as practical. KUSSMAUL AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE There will be one (1) Kussmaul Model 091-55-15-120, 15 amp 120 volt AC shoreline inlet(s) provided to operate the dedicated 120 volt AC circuits on the apparatus without the use of the generator. The shoreline inlet(s) will include red weatherproof flip up cover(s). There will be a release solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter to eject the AC connector when the engine is starting. 61 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL The shoreline(s) will be connected to battery conditioner and outlet. There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment. There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following: • Line Voltage • Current Ratting (amps) • Phase • Frequency The shoreline receptacle will be located on the driver side of cab, above wheel. INDICATOR, BATTERY STATUS There will be one (1) Kussmaul, Model 091-189-12, battery status indicator panel provided and located per option 26800. The indicator reads battery voltage and indicates the condition of the batteries. ALTERNATOR A Delco Remy®, Model 55S1, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 430 amps, as measured by SAE method J56. The alternator will feature an integral regulator and rectifier system that has been tested and qualified to an ambient temperature of 257 degrees Fahrenheit (125 degrees Celsius). The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. RELOCATE, REAR COMMAND ZONE POWER DISTRIBUTION The command zone modules at the rear of the truck will be relocated forward of the rear compartment. The module will be mounted vertical and as high as possible. DATA NETWORK CABLE There will be three (3) Category 6 UTP cables which provide performance of up to 250 MHz and is suitable for 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX (Fast Ethernet), 1000BASE-T/1000BASE-TX (Gigabit Ethernet) and 10GBASE-T (10-Gigabit Ethernet), routed within the cab, one from MDC to behind the officers seat under shelf and one from the front dash to the ehind the ofciers seat and one from behind the officers seast to RS1 at drug vault.. RJ-45 male connectors will be provided at each end of each cable. ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12-volt electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system. For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed. The system will include the following features: 62 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL • System voltage monitoring. • A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off. • Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels. • Priority levels can be set for individual outputs. • High Idle to activate before any electric loads are shed and deactivate with the service brake. o If enabled: ■ "Load Man Hi -Idle On" will display on the information center. • Hi -Idle will not activate until 30 seconds after engine start up. • Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed. • The information center indicates system voltage. The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following: Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition. Individual load managed item condition: o ON = not shed o SHED = shed SEQUENCER A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire 12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator. For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed. Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch. When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half - second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation. When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order. Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at half -second intervals: • Cab Heater and Air Conditioning • Crew Cab Heater (if applicable) • Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable) • Exhaust Fans (if applicable) • Third Evaporator (if applicable) 63 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL HEADLIGHTS There will be a HiViz, P/N FT-4X6-4KIT, that includes four (4) 4.00" high x 6.00" long rectangular LED lights with parking lamp illumination around the outside of the lamps mounted in the front quad style, chrome housing on each side of the cab grille: • The outside lamp on each side will contain P/N FT-4X6-HL with low beam LEDs. • The inside lamp on each side will contain P/N FT-4X6-H with high beam LEDs. • The lights will be controlled through the headlight switch. DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen 600 series, LED combination directional/marker lights provided. The lights will be located on the outside cab corners, next to the headlights. The color of the lenses will be the same color as the LED's. INTERMEDIATE LIGHT There will be two (2) Weldon, Model 9186-8580-29, amber LED turn signal marker lights furnished, one (1) each side, in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light. CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS There will be seven (7) amber LED lights provided per the following: • Three (3) amber LED identification lights will be installed in the center of the cab above the windshield. • Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each outboard side of the cab above the windshield as close to the outside of the apparatus as practical. • Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each side of the cab as high and far forward as practical. The lights will be installed without guards. FRONT CAB SIDE DIRECTIONAL/MARKER LIGHTS There will be two (2) Truck-Lite®, Model 19036Y, amber LED lights installed to the outside of the chrome wrap around bezel, one (1) on each side of the cab. The lights will activate as marker lights with the headlight switch and directional lights with the corresponding directional circuit. REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING There will be three (3) LED identification lights located at the rear installed per the following: • As close as practical to the vertical centerline • Centers spaced not less than 6.00" or more than 12.00" apart • Red in color • All at the same height 64 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL There will be two (2) LED lights installed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following: • To indicate the overall width of the vehicle • One (1) each side of the vertical centerline • As near the top as practical • Red in color • To be visible from the rear • All at the same height There will be two (2) LED lights installed on the side of the apparatus used as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following: • To indicate the overall length of the vehicle • One (1) each side of the vertical centerline • As near the top as practical • Red in color • To be visible from the side • All at the same height All the rear clearance/marker/ID lighting will be activated when the main battery switch and ignition switch are on. There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One (1) each side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground. There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One (1) each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground. Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements. REAR FMVSS LIGHTING The rear stop/tail and directional lighting included in the rear tail light housing will include the following: • Two (2) Whelen®, Model M62BTT, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep brake/tail lights with red LEDs • Two (2) Whelen, Model M62T, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep directional lights with amber LEDs. The directional lights will be set to Steady On (Arrow) flash pattern. • The lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs. There will be two (2) Whelen Model M62BU, LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing. LICENSE PLATE BRACKET There will be one (1) license plate bracket mounted right side rear face. There will be a Whelen, Model OACOEDCR, 1.00 high x .78" deep x 1.87" long white 12 volt DC LED light with 45 degree chrome housing provided to illuminate the license plate. 65 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL LIGHTING BEZEL There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M6FCV4P, four (4) place chromed ABS housings with Pierce logos provided for the rear M6 series stop/tail, directional, back up, scene lights or warning lights. BACK-UP ALARM A PRECO, Model 1040, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels. PARKING BRAKE INTERLOCK An audible alarm will be installed to provide notification any time the ignition switch is turned off without the parking brake being set. WARNING LIGHT FLASH PATTERN The flash pattern of all the exterior warning lights will be set to meet the certified California, Title XIII flash pattern by either the light manufacturer's default flash pattern or by a conversion change to the certified flash pattern. CORNERING/SCENE LIGHTS There will be two (2) pairs of Whelen®, Model 50CO2ZCR, white 12 volt DC LED lights, with chrome trim flanges provided on the apparatus. The lights will be provided Mounted below the D1/P1 compartments to illuminate to the outside of the rear tire area. Direct replacement for option #604697. one each side of bumper extension. The LED lights will be wired so they activate and cancel when the battery switch is on, the headlight switch is on and with the directional light activation. AUXILIARY SIDE MARKER LIGHTS A set of two (2) LED marker lights will be installed on each side of the vehicle body two each side forward on the lower body and rear corner. All marker lights will be actuated with the headlight switch. CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS There will be four (4) Amdor, Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens each, 20.00" white LED strip lights provided, one (1) for each cab door. These lights will be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the exit doors are opened or by the same means as the body perimeter scene lights. PUMP HOUSE PERIMETER LIGHTS There will be two (2) Amdor, Model AY-LB-12HW012, 190 lumens each, 12.00" LED weatherproof strip lights with brackets provided under the pump panel running boards, centered front to rear as much as possible, one (1) each side. The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on, and controlled by the same means as the body perimeter lights. 66 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS There will be two (2) Amdor, Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens, 20.00" long, white LED's, 12 volt DC lights provided at the rear step area of the body, one (1) each side shining to the rear. The perimeter scene lights will be activated when a switch within reach of the driver is activated, the parking brake is applied and a light sensor so the lights to be on when the light level is low and off when the light level is high. ADDITIONAL PERIMETER LIGHTS There will be two (2) Amdor® Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens, 20.00" long, with white LED's installed with one (1) light under compartment LS1 and one (1) light under compartment RS1. With the chassis battery switch energized, the lights will be activated by the same means as the body perimeter lights. ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR PERIMETER LIGHTS All perimeter lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is released unless alternate control is selected. The cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors closed. STEP LIGHTS There will be four (4) Whelen, Model 01-066D068-01, round LED step lights with chrome trim provided in the following locations: • Two (2) step lights provided on the front compartment face, one (1) each side. • Two (2) step lights at the rear, one (1) each side to illuminate the tailboard/step surface. The step lights will be actuated with the pump panel light switch. All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards. 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be one (1) Whelen® Model P*H2*, 17,750 lumens 12 volt DC light(s) with a combination of flood and spot optics provided on the front visor, centered. The housing(s) painted parts of this light assembly to be white. The light(s) will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel. These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be a HiViz Model FT-B-X-72-*-*, 2.56" high x 72.00" long x 3.31" deep 21,251.57 effective lumens 12 volt DC LED light provided on the front cab roof as far forward as practical. The light will 67 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL include white scene LEDs. The white LEDs will be configured with a combination of flood and spot optics. The painted parts of the light housing and brackets to be white. The scene LEDs will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the left side pump panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel. The white LEDs may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS There will be one (1) Whelen® Model S30M**, 9,720 lumens 2.48" high x 30.37" wide x 2.15" deep 12 volt DC light(s) with white and amber LEDs provided on the left side of the cab roof located, the officers door. The painted parts of this light assembly to be white. The light(s) to be installed with extended horizontal mounts. The light(s) will include the following: • Six (6) scene light modules with white LEDs • Three (3) amber LEDs as marker lights • Two (2) additional LED modules. The additional modules to be two (2) scene light modules with white LEDs. The lights will be activated per the following: • The marker lights included in this light housing shall not be energized. • The scene LEDs will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel. • There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing or spot LED modules. • The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS There will be one (1) Whelen® Model S30M**, 12,960 lumens 30.00" 12 volt DC light(s) with white LEDs provided on the left side of the cab roof located, over the drivers door. The painted parts of this light assembly to be white. The light(s) to be installed with extended horizontal mounts. The light(s) will include the following: • Six (6) scene light modules with white LEDs • Three (3) amber LEDs as marker lights • Two (2) additional LED modules. The additional modules to be two (2) scene light modules with white LEDs. The lights will be activated per the following: • The amber marker lights not activated. 68 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL • The scene LEDs will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the left side pump panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel. • There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing or spot LED modules. • The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be two (2) Whelen® Model P*H2*, 17,750 lumens 12 volt DC LED light(s) with a combination of flood and spot optics installed on the apparatus, located two each side front and rear. The painted parts of this light assembly to be black. The light(s) to be installed in a 15 degree vertical recessed bracket. The lights will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the left side pump panel. The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be two (2) Whelen® Model P*H2*, 17,750 lumens 12 volt DC LED light(s) with a combination of flood and spot optics installed on the apparatus, located two each side in the upper section of the body. The painted parts of this light assembly to be black. The light(s) to be installed in a 15 degree vertical recessed bracket. The lights will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the left side pump panel. The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be one (1) Whelen® Model P*H1 *, 8,875 lumens 12 volt DC LED light(s) with flood optics installed on the apparatus located, left side rear bulkhead behind PUC ladder. The painted parts of this light assembly to be black. The light(s) to be installed in a 15 degree vertical recessed bracket. The lights will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel, by a switch in a stainless steel cup located on the driver's side at the rear of the apparatus no more than 72.00" from the ground and scene LEDs activated when the chassis transmission is shifted into reverse and the emergency master switch is on. The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 69 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be one (1) Whelen® Model P*H1*, 8,875 lumens 12 volt DC LED light(s) with flood optics installed on the apparatus located, right side rear bulkhead to the right of ladder storage compt. The painted parts of this light assembly to be black. The light(s) to be installed in a 15 degree vertical recessed bracket. The lights will be controlled by the same switching that has been selected for the other rear scene light(s) on the apparatus. The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. HOSE BED LIGHTS There will be white 12 volt DC LED light strips with stainless steel protective cover, provided to light the hose bed area. Hose Bed lights will meet the photometric levels listed in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards for Hose Bed lighting requirements. • Light strip(s) will be installed along the upper edge of the left side of the hose bed. • Light strip(s) will be installed along the upper edge of the right side of the hose bed. The lights will be activated by a cup switch at the rear of the apparatus no more than 72.00" from the ground. WALKING SURFACE LIGHTS There will be two (2) white 12 volt DC LED light strips with stainless steel protective cover, provided to illuminate the walking surface area of the hose bed. • One (1) light strip will be at the front of the hose bed, installed the entire width on the front sheet to illuminate the front walking surface area of the hose bed. • One (1) light strip will be installed the entire width on the rear side of the cross divider of the hose bed to illuminate the rear walking surface area of the hose bed. The lights will be activated when the body step lights are activated and by the same switch control that has been selected for the hose bed light(s). EMERGENCY MASTER SWITCH The label for the Emergency Master switch will be red. 70 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL WATER TANK Booster tank will have a capacity of 500 gallons and be constructed of UV stabilized ultra high impact polypropylene plastic by a manufacturer with a minimum of 20 years experience building tanks, is ISO 9001:2000 certified in all its manufacturing facilities, and has over 50,000 tanks in service. Tank joints and seams will be nitrogen welded inside and out. Tank will be baffled in accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards. Baffles will have vent openings at both the top and bottom to permit movement of air and water between compartments. Longitudinal partitions will be constructed of .38" polypropylene plastic and will extend from the bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow for positive welding. Transverse partitions will extend from 4.00" off the bottom of the tank to the underside of the top cover. All partitions will interlock and will be welded to the tank bottom and sides. Tank top will be constructed of .50" polypropylene. It will be recessed .38" and will be welded to the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions. Tank top will be sufficiently supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions. Construction will include 2.00" polypropylene dowels spaced no more than 30.00" apart and welded to the transverse partitions. Two (2) of the dowels will be drilled and tapped (.50" diameter, 13.00" deep) to accommodate lifting eyes. A sump that will be sized dependent on the tank to pump plumbing will be provided at the bottom of the water tank. Sump will include a drain plug and the tank outlet. Tank will be installed in a fabricated cradle assembly constructed of structural steel. Sufficient crossmembers will be provided to properly support bottom of tank. Crossmembers will be constructed of steel bar channel or rectangular tubing. Tank will "float" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .50" thick x 3.00" wide, will be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on. Stops or other provision will be provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle. Mounting system will be approved by the tank manufacturer. Fill tower will be constructed of 0.50" polypropylene and will be a minimum of 8.00" wide x 14.00" long. Fill tower will be furnished with a 0.25" thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover. 71 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL An overflow pipe, constructed of 4.00" schedule 40 polypropylene, will be installed approximately halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit to the rear of the rear axle. TANK DRAIN A 1.50" tank drain will be installed with a 1.50" ball valve located underneath the left front compartment and properly labeled. SLEEVE, PLUMBING, THROUGH TANK Two (2) sleeves will be provided in the water tank for a 3.00" pipe to the rear. WATER TANK RESTRAINT A heavy-duty water tank restraint will be provided. BODY HEIGHT The height of the body will be 92.00" from the bottom of the body to the top of the body. HOSE BED The hose bed will be fabricated of .125"-5052 aluminum with a nominal 38,000 psi tensile strength. Flooring of the hose bed will be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corrugated to aid in hose aeration. The grating slats will be a minimum of 0.50" x 4.50" with spacing between slats for hose ventilation. A cross divider will be provided at the point the tank transitions from the lower section to the upper section. The divider will run from the top of the side sheet down below the hose bed grating. The hose bed will be directly above the rear compartment door. The dimension from the ground will be approximately 67.00" depending on the suspension and equipment load. The hose bed will be at a minimum 85.00" long. The hose bed walls will be unpainted and with a brushed finish. Hose bed will accommodate 300' of 1.75", 600' of 2.5" and 1000' of 4". HOSE BED DIVIDER Two (2) hosebed dividers will be furnished for separating hose. Each divider will be constructed of a 0.25" brushed aluminum sheet. Flat surfaces will be sanded for uniform appearance or constructed of brushed aluminum. Divider will be fully adjustable by sliding in tracks, located at the front and rear of the hose bed. Divider will be held in place by tightening bolts, at each end. Acorn nuts will be installed on all bolts in the hose bed which have exposed threads. HOSE BED COVER A roller shutter style hose bed cover will be supplied. 72 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL The cover will be the full length and width of the hose bed area. The cover will be constructed of stainless steel with aluminum support channels bonded and mechanically fastened to the bottom. The cover will have a non -slip coating applied to the top surface. A lift bar will be located at the rear of door and have latches on the outer extrusion of the door frame to hold the door in the closed position. A cross divider will be provided at the front of the hose bed to section off the door roll area. At the rear of the hose bed, a black vinyl flap will be provided with seat belt buckles at the top. The seat belt buckles will be provided with one (1) web strap attached to each buckle for release. At the bottom of the flap, hinged style seat belt buckle will be provided. The bottom of the flap will be lead shot weighted. If a strap is provided, the color of the strap will be black. The tracks on the front wall of the hose bed will be installed with bolts and a nut. The extrusion at the rear of the hosebed will be split for both a stationary extruded divider with structure resting on it as well as a .25" divider. HOSE DEFLECTOR A 4.00" deep aluminum treadplate hose deflector will be provided at the rear of the hosebed above the handrail. This deflector will extend 4.00" to the rear and have an angle support. one (1) additional hose bed dividers will be furnished. Each divider will be constructed of a .125" brushed aluminum sheet fitted and welded into a slotted, radiused extrusion along the top, bottom and rear edge. Divider will be held in place by tightening two (2) bolts, one (1) at each end. Acorn nuts will be installed on all bolts in the hose bed which have exposed threads. The location of the additional divider will be between beds 3 and 4. RUNNING BOARDS A running board will be provided on each side of the front body to allow access to the backboard/crosslay storage area. The running boards will be designed with a grip pattern punched into .125" bright aluminum treadplate material providing support, slip resistance, and drainage. TAILBOARD The tailboard will be constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate and spaced .50" from the body, as well as supported by a structural steel assembly. The tailboard area will be 12.00" deep and full width of the body. 73 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL The exterior side will be flanged down and in for increased rigidity of tailboard structure. REAR WALL, BODY MATERIAL, PUC The rear wall will be smooth and the same material as the body. The rear wall body material will be painted. Unpainted aluminum overlays will be provided to allow for chevron application and to provide continuously smooth rear wall panels. The outboard edges of the rear wall will be trimmed in polished stainless steel. TOW BAR A tow bar shall be installed under the tailboard at center of truck 3.00" in from the rear of the tailboard. Tow bar shall be fabricated of 1.00" CRS bar rolled into a 3.00" radius. Tow bar assembly shall be constructed of .38" structural angle. When force is applied to the bar, it shall be transmitted to the frame rail. Tow bar assembly shall be designed and positioned to allow up to a 30 degree upward angled pull of 17,000 lb, or a 20,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. Tow bar design shall have been fully tested and evaluated using strain gauge testing and finite element analysis techniques. RECEIVER TUBE FOR HOSE ROLLER One (1) receiver will be provided for the mounting of a removable hose roller. It will be mounted flush with the rear of the tailboard on the passenger's side. A label will indicate that use is for "removable hose roller only". The receiver will never be used in conjunction with a portable winch and no electrical connections of any type will be required or provided. COMPARTMENTATION The apparatus body will be built of aluminum construction using a minimum of 0.125" thick, 5052-H32 aluminum. The body panel assembly will be constructed in a fixture and consist of formed sheet metal for the front and rear bulkheads, door frames, floors, ceilings, and back walls. These parts will be welded together to ensure greatest longevity with no visible welds in compartment interior. Welded construction will consist of 1.00" x 0.38" engineered plug weld holes that control the size, location, and the amount of weld required. The bodies will be assembled and welded from engineered prints that call out the size, location, and type of weld required. In structural areas the sheet metal components will have flanges for welding. No butt joints will be allowed. Gussets and support posts will be provided for additional strength where needed. The fender panel will be an integral part of the complete welded body assembly. All light and compartment holes are pre punched prior to construction to provide accuracy and rounded corners to prevent stress risers in the material. 74 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL Circular fender liners will be provided. For prevention of paint chips and ease of suspension maintenance the fender liners will be formed from brush finished 304L stainless steel, be unpainted, and removable for suspension maintenance. Side compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor minimum of 1.00" higher than the compartment door lip. Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of aluminum extrusion, or formed bright aluminum treadplate. The top of the compartment will be sheet metal and covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, and rear. These covers will have the corners welded. The aluminum treadplate covers will not make up the ceiling of the compartment. All screws and bolts, which are not Grade 8, will be stainless steel and where they protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury. UNDERBODY SUPPORT SYSTEM Due to the severe loading requirements of this pumper a method of body and compartment support suitable for the intended load will be provided. The backbone of the body support system will begin with the chassis frame rails which is the strongest component of the chassis and is designed for sustaining maximum loads. The support system will include lateral frame rail extensions that are formed from 0.375" 80k high strength steel and bolted to the chassis frame rails with 0.625" diameter Grade 8 bolts. The vertical and horizontal members of the frame rail extensions are to be reinforced with welded gussets and extend to the outside edge of the body. The lateral frame extensions will be electro-coated for superior corrosion resistance. The floating substructure will be separated from the lateral frame extensions with neoprene elastomer isolators. These isolators will reduce the natural flex stress of the chassis from being transmitted to the body, and absorb road shock and vibration. The isolators will have a broad load range, proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail safe design and allow for all necessary movement in three (3) transitional and rotational modes. The neoprene isolators will be installed in a modified V three (3)-point mounting pattern to reduce the natural flex of the chassis being transmitted to the body. Two (2) 3.50" diameter isolators are provided at the front of the body near the centerline of the vehicle above the chassis frame. A minimum of eight (8) - 2.55" diameter isolators will be provided, two (2) under each front compartment and two (2) under each rear side compartment. A minimum of four (4) 3.50" diameter isolators will be provided under the rear compartment. 75 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards. Documentation of the material meeting the standard will be provided at time of delivery. LOUVERS All body compartments will have a minimum of one (1) set of automotive style, dust resistant louvers pressed into a wall. The louvers will incorporate a one (1)-way rubber valve that provides airflow out of the compartment and prevents water and dirt from gaining access to the compartment. Compartments over the wheel will not have louvers. TESTING OF BODY DESIGN Body structural analysis will be fully tested. Proven engineering and test techniques such as finite element analysis and strain gauging have been performed with special attention given to fatigue life and structural integrity of the body and substructure. The body will be tested while loaded to its greatest in-service weight. The criteria used during the testing procedure will include: • Raising opposite corners of the vehicle tires 9.00" to simulate the twisting a truck may experience when driving over a curb. • Making a 90 degree turn, while driving at 20 mph to simulate aggressive driving conditions. • Driving the vehicle on at 35 mph on a washboard road. • Driving the vehicle at 55 mph on a smooth road. • Accelerating the vehicle fully, until reaching the approximate speed of 45 mph on rough pavement. Evidence of the actual testing techniques will be made available upon request. FEA will have been performed on all substructure components. LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION The left side compartmentation will consist of three rollup door compartments. A full height, rollup door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The pump operator's panel will be located in this compartment. The partition to the right of the pump operator's panel will be 2.50" in width. The interior dimensions of the remaining space in this compartment will be 13.25" wide x 53.63" high x 26.00" deep. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 47.25" wide x 53.63" high. A rollup door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 60.00" wide x 22.88" high x 26.00" deep. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 57.25" wide x 22.88" high. A full height, rollup door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided.The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 51.75" wide x 54.63" high x 26.00" deep. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 49.25" wide x 54.63" high. 76 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL The roll up door spool will be installed in a recess above the compartment ceiling. All compartments will include a drip pan below the roll of the door. The drip pan will be installed level with the compartment ceiling. The interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling. The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame. Closing of the doors will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION The right side compartmentation will consist of three rollup door compartments. A full height, rollup door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 50.00" wide x 54.50" high x 25.88" deep. The area behind the roll up door spool will be notched for exterior storage or larger capacity water tank tee. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment interior will be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the upper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this compartment will be 47.00" wide x 54.50" high. A roll -up door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 60.00" wide x 23.00" high x 25.88" deep. The area behind the roll up door spool will be notched for exterior storage or larger capacity water tank tee. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The clear door opening of this compartment will be 57.00" wide x 23.00" high. A full height, roll -up door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 52.00" wide x 54.50" high x 25.88" deep. The area behind the roll up door spool will be notched for exterior storage or larger capacity water tank tee. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment interior will be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the upper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this compartment will be 49.00" wide x 54.50" high. The roll up door spool will be installed in a recess above the compartment ceiling. All compartments will include a drip pan below the roll of the door. The drip pan will be installed level with the compartment ceiling. The interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling. The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame. Closing of the doors will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. 77 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL SIDE COMPARTMENT ROLLUP DOOR(S) There will be six (6) compartment doors installed on the side compartments. The doors will be double faced aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by Gortite® Lath sections will be an interlocking rib design and will be individually replaceable without complete disassembly of door. Between each slat at the pivoting joint will be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and prevent dirt or moisture from entering the compartments. Seals will allow door to operate in extreme temperatures ranging from 180 to -40 degrees Fahrenheit. Side, top and bottom seals will be provided to resist ingress of dirt and weather and be made of Santoprene. All hinges, barrel clips and end pieces will be nylon 66. All nylon components will withstand temperatures from 300 to -40 degrees Fahrenheit. A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll -up door. The keys to be Model 751 to match all compartment and cab doors. Lift bar will be located at the bottom of door and have latches on the outer extrusion of the doors frame. A ledge will be supplied over lift bar for additional area to aid in closing the door. Doors will be constructed from an aluminum box section. The exterior surface of each slat will be flat. The interior surfaces will be concave to provide strength and prevent loose equipment from jamming the door from inside. To conserve space in the compartments, the spring roller assembly will not exceed 3.00" in diameter. The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed 4.00". A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. REAR COMPARTMENTATION A roll -up door compartment above the rear tailboard will be provided. the interior dimensions of this compartment will be 37.00" wide x 36.50" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 27.00" of the compartment and 15.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 33.88" wide x 26.63" high. A removable access panel will be furnished on the back wall of the compartment. The rear compartment will be open into the rear side compartments. The transverse opening will be a minimum of 22.00" wide x 27.50" high. A drip pan will be installed below the roll of the door. A guard will be installed behind the roll of the door. The interior height of the compartment will be measured from the floor to the ceiling. The depth of the compartment will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. 78 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL ROLLUP REAR COMPARTMENT DOOR The rear compartment will have a rollup door. The door will be double faced aluminum construction, an anodized satin finish and manufactured by Gortite®. Lath sections will be an interlocking rib design and will be individually replaceable without complete disassembly of door. Between each slat at the pivoting joint will be a PVC inner seal to prevent metal to metal contact and prevent dirt or moisture from entering the compartments. Seals will allow door to operate in extreme temperatures ranging from 180 to -40 degrees Fahrenheit. Side, top and bottom seals will be provided to resist ingress of dirt and weather and be made of Santoprene. All hinges, barrel clips and end pieces will be nylon 66. All nylon components will withstand temperatures from 300 to -40 degrees Fahrenheit. A polished stainless steel lift bar to be provided for each roll -up door. Lift bar will be located at the bottom of door and have latches on the outer extrusion of the doors frame. A ledge will be supplied over lift bar for additional area to aid in closing the door. Door will be constructed from an aluminum box section. The exterior surface of each slat will be flat. The interior surface will be concave to provide strength and prevent loose equipment from jamming the door from inside. To conserve space in the compartments, the spring roller assembly will not exceed 3.00" in diameter. The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed 4.00". A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. SCUFFPLATE One (1) scuffplate shall be furnished. The scuffplate(s) shall be aluminum treadplate and installed around the door opening of the ladder rack on the ladder rack. SCUFFPLATE Two (2) scuffplates Brushed stainless steel scuffplates will be provided on the painted exterior surfaces around the door opening at the rear for the folding ladder/pike pole compartment(s) Two (2) scuffplates SCUFFPLATE A polished stainless steel scuffplate will be furnished around the opening for all of the fender compartments. SCUFFPLATE Brushed stainless steel scuffplates will be provided on the bottom of compartment trays. A total of five (5) compartment trays located LS3, Ls1, Rs3,Rs1, B1 will have the scuffplates. 79 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL SCUFFPLATE There will be brushed stainless steel scuffplates provided on the painted exterior surfaces and compartment interior around the door opening at the rear for the folding ladder/pike pole compartment. The scuffplate will have a 1.00" flange on the exterior surface and extend 1.00" into the compartment. The scuffplate will be installed with mechanical fasteners. SCUFFPLATE Six (6) scuffplates will be furnished at the bottom of the all roll up doors roll -up door opening. The scuffplate(s) will be polished stainless steel and formed to the lip of the bottom of the compartment. SCUFFPLATE A full -height angled polished stainless steel scuffplate will be furnished on the front outside corners of the body. It will overlap 1.00" for good protection. KEYED LOCK(S) A keyed lock will be furnished for seven (7) compartment doors. The compartmentation, to have a keyed lock, will be all compartments. ROLL -UP DOOR TRIM The exterior of the aluminum trim around the door opening will be painted to match the color of the applicable door. There will be six (6) compartments located side roll up doors with the trim painted. COMPARTMENT LIGHTING There will be seven (7) compartment(s) with two (2) white 12 volt DC LED compartment light strips. The dual light strips will be centered vertically along each side of the door framing. There will be two (2) light strips per compartment. The dual light strips will be in all body compartment(s). Any remaining compartments without light strips will have a 6.00" diameter Truck-Lite, Model: 79384 light. Each light will have a number 1076 one filament, two wire bulb. Opening the compartment door will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. HATCH COMPARTMENTS Hatch compartments with two (2) lift -up, top opening hatch doors will be provided above the left and right side body compartments. Each hatch compartment will extend the full length of the side body compartmentation x 21.00" wide x 22.00" maximum depth. The compartments will extend the full length of the side body compartmentation except for a 20.00" recessed step area at the rear of the compartment on the access side. Sides of the compartments will be constructed of the same material as the body and painted job color on the outside panels. A 2.00" tall formed aluminum painted to match the lower body color will be provided to cover the seam between the top of the body panel and the bottom of the hatch compartment. The vertical outboard seam at the center of the compartment will have a painted smooth weld. Top of the compartments will be constructed of bright aluminum treadplate. 80 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL Two (2) lift -up, bright aluminum treadplate doors will be provided on the top of each hatch compartment. Each door will have a lever handle with a slam style latch to hold the doors in the closed position. These double pan doors will have lipped edges with a rubber seal for weather resistance. Doors will be hinged on the outboard side and will be held open with pneumatic stay arms. The compartments will have a 3/4" drain that extends to below the body. Black rubber matting shall be provided to help prevent stored equipment in pooled water. There will be three (3) separate straight handrails provided for the step landing at the rear of the hatch compartment. The handrails will be Hansen LED backlit knurled aluminum. The handrails will be lit with a red LED light. The handrails will be activated by the same means as the cab handrail light controls. Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces. Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails. HATCH COMPARTMENT LIGHTING There will be LED strip lights mounted full length on the interior, hinged side of each compartment. Opening the hatch compartment door will automatically turn the hatch compartment lighting on. MOUNTING TRACKS There will be recessed tracks installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s). Tracks will not protrude into any compartment in order to provide the greatest compartment space and widest shelves possible. The tracks will be provided in each compartment except for the one that contains the pump operator's panel. ADJUSTABLE SHELF RAMP There will be a total of one (1) shelf(ves) located RS1 that will include a stainless steel ramp on the inside of the front lip to assist with removing items from each shelf. The ramp will go over the front lip to the outside of the shelf and sit flush against the front lip. The ramp will be approximately 3.00" deep and be the full width of each shelf. ADJUSTABLE SHELVES There will be nine (9) shelves with a capacity of 500 lb provided. The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum painted spatter gray with 2.00" sides. Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track. The shelves will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts. 81 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL The location(s) will be in RS1 at the transition point, in RS3 at the transition point, in RS1 in the lower third, in RS3 in the upper third, in RS1 in the upper third, in 131 centered between the floor and ceiling, in LS3 in the upper third, in LS3 in the upper third and in LS1 in the lower third to the left of the partition. ADJUSTABLE SHELVES There will be one (1) shelf provided RS1 lower. The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum painted spatter gray. A capacity rating will not be available on this tray due to a reduced side height being less than 2.00". Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track. The shelves will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts. The side height of the shelf/shelves will be as follows: • Front: 1.00" high • Rear: 2.00" high • Left & Right Sides: 2.00" high SLIDE -OUT ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT TRAY There will be three (3) slide -out trays provided. Each tray will have 2.00" high sides and a minimum capacity rating of 250 lb in the extended position. Each tray will be constructed of aluminum painted spatter gray. Each tray will be mounted on a pair of side mounted slides. The slide mechanisms will have ball bearings for ease of operation and years of dependable service. The slides will be mounted to shelf tracks to allow the tray to be adjustable up and down within the designated mounting location. An automatic lock will be provided for both the in and out tray positions. The lock trip mechanism will be located at the front of the tray and will be easily operated with a gloved hand. The location(s) will be in LS3 centered between the floor and ceiling, in LS3 in the lower third and in LS3 in the upper third SLIDE-OUT/TILT-DOWN TRAY There will be one (1) slide -out tray provided. The bottom of each tray will be constructed of 0.188" thick aluminum painted spatter gray while special aluminum extrusions will be utilized for the tray sides, ends, and tracks. The corners will be welded to form a rigid unit. A spring loaded lock will be provided on each side at the front of the tray. Releasing the locks will allow the tray to slide out approximately two-thirds (2/3) of its length from the stowed position and tip 30 degrees down from horizontal. The tray will be equipped with ball bearing rollers for smooth operation. Rubber padded stops will be provided for the tray in the extended position. The capacity rating of the tray will be a minimum of 215 lb in the extended position. 82 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL The vertical position of the tray within the compartment will be adjustable. The location(s) will be in LS2 centered between the floor and ceiling. CTECH DRAWER DIVIDERS There will be two (2) divider(s) provided. They will be installed in the drawer assembly cab and RS1. The divider(s) will be positioned front to back and spaced evenly in the drawer. DRAWER INSERT A slide -out drawer insert will be installed RS1. The drawer insert will not be in an enclosed cabinet. The clear dimensions starting at the top of the cabinet with the first drawer will be 5.00" with a face plate that is 6.00" high x 21.00" deep. The drawer width will not exceed 48.00". The drawers will have a capacity of 250 pounds. A full-length aluminum extruded rail will be provided at the top edge of each drawer. This rail will act as the latching mechanism as well as the handle for each drawer. There will be a total of one (1) provided. TOOL DRAWER One (1) slide out drawers will be installed. The drawer will be provided with 2151b ball bearing slides. The drawer wil► be configured in a cabinet constructed of .125" aluminum and finished to match the body compartment interior. Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and 'but" positions. The trip mechanism will be located at the front of the drawer for ease of use with a gloved hand. A chrome metal handle will be supplied on the drawer. The drawer will be 23.00" deep and extend the full width of the mounting location. The height of the drawer will be 5" that is 6" overall. The drawer will be built with .12" thick aluminum. A total of one (1) will be provided RS1. SLIDE -OUT TOOLBOARD A slide -out aluminum toolboard will be provided. It will have a painted finish to match the compartment interior. It will be a minimum of 0.188" thick with 0.203" diameter holes in a pegboard pattern with 1.00" centers between holes. The upper corner of the toolboard will be specially angled at 45 degree 3" from corner (toolboard location to be centered in RS3). A 1.00" x 1.00" aluminum tube frame will be welded to the edge of the pegboard. A handhold cutout will be provided on the outboard edge of the toolboard. 83 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL The board will be mounted on an undermount-roller bearing type slide rated at 250 lb with a factor of safety of 2. To ensure years of dependable service the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117. To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50 pound force for push -in or pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition. Proof of compliance will be provided upon request. The board will have positive lock in the stowed and extended position. The toolboard will be mounted stationary within the compartment. There will be One (1) provided. The toolboard(s) will be located in RS3 full height and width. SWING OUT TOOLBOARD A swing out aluminum toolboard will be provided. It will be a minimum of 0.188" thick with .203" diameter holes in a pegboard pattern with 1.00" centers between holes. A 1.00" x 1.00" aluminum tube frame will be welded to the edge of the pegboard. The board will be mounted on a pivoting device at the front of the compartment on the top and bottom to allow easy movement in and out of the compartment. The maximum tool load will be 400 lb. The board will have positive lock in the stowed and extended position. The board will have a D-ring handle to secure it in the stowed position. The board will be mounted on adjustable tracks from front to back within the compartment. One (1) toolboard(s) will be provided. The toolboard(s) will be spatter gray painted and installed in RS2 full height and width. SLIDE -OUT TOOLBOARD A slide -out aluminum toolboard will be provided. It will have a painted finish to match the compartment interior. It will be a minimum of 0.188" thick with 0.203" diameter holes in a pegboard pattern with 1.00" centers between holes. A 1.00" x 1.00" aluminum tube frame will be welded to the edge of the pegboard. A handhold cutout will be provided on the outboard edge of the toolboard. 84 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL The board will be mounted on an undermount-roller bearing type slide rated at 250 lb with a factor of safety of 2 at the bottom. To ensure years of dependable service the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117. To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50 pound force for push -in or pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition. Proof of compliance will be provided upon request. The toolboard will have positive lock in the stowed and extended position. The board will also have a non locking roller bearing slide at the top. The toolboard will be mounted stationary within the compartment. There will be One (1) provided. The toolboard(s) will be located right wall of LS1 (as close as possible). VERTICAL COMPARTMENT PARTITION one (1) vertical partition(s) will be provided in the LS1 compartment. There will be 23.00" wide clear opening to the left door frame of this partition. The partition construction will consist of body material painted spatter gray. Each partition will be the full vertical height of the compartment. SCBA HOLDER There will be four (4) Zico SCBA bracket, model KD-UH-6-SF, mounted two on slideout toolboard in LS1 and two mounted to the front and back toolboard in RS3. MATTING, COMPARTMENT SHELVING Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in ten (10) shelves. The locations are, all shelves and trays. The color of the Turtle Tile will be black. MATTING, COMPARTMENT FLOOR Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in two (2) compartments on the compartment floor. The locations are, LS2, RS2,. The Turtle Tile will be black and the leading edge of the matting will include the beveled edge. The beveled edge will be black. EQUIPMENT MOUNTING SYSTEM Pac Trac equipment mounting system will be installed on the back wall of two (2) compartment(s), RS2 back wall and back wall upper RS3. 85 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL ADJUSTABLE SHELVES There will be one (1) shelf shelves, provided. The shelf construction will consist of .38" aluminum plate without sides. Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track. The location will be RS1. RUB RAIL Bottom edge of the side compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail. Trim will be 3.12" high with 1.50" flanges turned outward for rigidity. The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage. Rub rails will be attached with bolts and spaced from the body with isolators that will help to absorb any moderate impact without damaging the body. BODY FENDER CROWNS Polished stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings. A fender liner constructed of aluminum painted to match the lower body color will be provided to avoid paint chipping. The liners will be removable to aid in the maintenance of rear suspension components. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion. The fender crowns will be held in place with stainless steel screws that thread directly into a composite nut and not directly into the parent body sheet metal to eliminate dissimilar metals contact and greatly reduce the chance for corrosion. HARD SUCTION HOSE Hard suction hose will not be required. HANDRAILS Hansen handrails will be located on the front of the body in positions needed to meet NFPA requirements. The handrails will be Hansen LED backlit knurled aluminum. The handrails will be lit with a red LED light. The handrail lighting will be activated by the same means as the cab handrail light controls. Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces. Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails. • Two (2) vertical Hansen handrails will be located at the rear, one on each side of the rear compartment. The handrail will be knurled aluminum and backlit with a red LED light. The hand rail will be activated by the same means as the cab handrail light controls. 86 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL - One (1) handrail, will be provided mounted mounted on the hosebed deflector The handrails will be Hansen LED backlit knurled aluminum. The handrails will be lit with a red LED light. The handrails will be activated by the same means as the cab handrail light controls. Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces. Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails. EXTINGUISHER/AIR BOTTLE/ STORAGE (TRIANGULAR) A total of two (2) extinguisher/air bottle/storage compartments will be provided on the right side forward of the rear wheels and on the right side rearward of the rear wheels. The triangular shaped compartment will be sized to fit a 8.00" diameter extinguisher in the lower area and a 8.00" diameter extinguisher in the upper area. The compartment will be approximately 25.50" deep. A partition will be provided to separate the compartment. Also inside the compartment, black Dura-Surf friction reducing material and strap loop(s) to contain air bottle(s) and/or extinguisher(s) will be provided. The compartment will be furnished with a drain hole. A painted stainless steel, triangular shaped door with a flush Southco C2 chrome latch will be provided to contain the air bottles. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal. AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment(s) to help contain the bottles when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment. AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (TRIPLE) A quantity of one (1) air bottle compartment designed to hold (3) air bottles up to 7.25" in diameter x 26.00" deep will be provided on the left side forward of the rear wheels. A painted stainless steel door with a flush Southco C2 chrome latch will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal. Inside the compartment, black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be provided. AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment(s) to help contain the air bottles when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment. AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (SINGLE) A quantity of one air bottle compartment, approximately 7.50" wide x 7.50" tall x 26.00" deep, will be provided on the driver side rearward of the rear wheels. The triangular door will cover the air bottle opening, the DEF tank access, and fuel fill. The compartment will be square with angled corners. A painted stainless steel door with a flush Southco C2 chrome latch will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal. Inside the compartment, black rubber matting will be provided. 87 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment to help contain the air bottle when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment. EXTENSION LADDER There will be a 24' two -section aluminum Duo -Safety Series 900-A extension ladder provided. ROOF LADDER There will be one (1) 14' aluminum, Duo -Safety, Series 775-DR roof ladder(s) provided. The ladder(s) will have roof hooks on both ends. LADDER STORAGE The ladders will be stored inside the upper section of the right side compartments. This ladder rack will reduce the depth of the upper section in the side compartments. A partition will be installed inside the compartment on the side of the rack to allow for equipment storage and to conceal the ladders. The ladders will be Fly section of the 24' ladder to the inside, with the foot of the ladder to the rear. Roof ladder to the outside of the compartment . The ladder storage assembly will be fabricated of stainless steel track channels to aid in loading and removal of ladders. Rear of the ladder storage area will have a vertically hinged smooth aluminum door with a D-handle latch to contain the ladders. FOLDING LADDER One (1) 10.00' aluminum, Series 585-A, Duo -Safety folding ladder will be installed. FOLDING LADDER/LONG TOOL COMPARTMENT A compartment will be provided, recessed in the upper, inside part of body compartment on the right side. The compartment will be equipped with a stainless steel trough for the folding ladder and storage for long handle tools. A door constructed of smooth aluminum and hinged along the outboard edge will be provided at the rear with aflush lift and turn latch. DURA-SURF LADDER SLIDES Black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be added to the stainless steel slides, on the bottom horizontal surfaces, of the ladder storage rack. 10' PIKE POLE Two (2) pike poles, Fire Hooks Unlimited, Model GBH-10, 10' long Gator Back Hook, will be provided and located rear pike pole compartment. 88 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL 6' PIKE POLE Two (2) pike poles, Fire Hooks Unlimited, Model RH6, 6' long roof hook, with a steel handle and pry end will be provided and located ahead of the crosslays. PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT The pike poles are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the pike poles. There will be one (1) pike pole(s) provided. The pike pole(s) will be a Duo -Safety 10' pike pole. 8' OR LONGER PIKE POLE STORAGE A compartment will be provided, recessed in the upper, inside part of body compartment on the left side. The compartment will be equipped with a(n) aluminum tube with a 0.75" standard notch for (1) pike pole. A door constructed of smooth aluminum and hinged along the outboard edge will be provided at the rear with a flush lift and turn latch. 6' PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT The pike pole is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the pike poles. There will be one (1) 6' pike pole(s) provided. The pike pole(s) will be a Duo -Safety 6' pike pole. PIKE POLE STORAGE Aluminum tubing will be used for the storage of two (2) pike poles and will be located RS long tool storage for the Gator-Back hooks - above the 10' ladder.. If the head of a pike pole can come in contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided. The pike pole tube will be notched to allow a Gator-Back Hook style pike pole to fit into the tube. PIKE POLE STORAGE Aluminum tubing will be used for the storage of two (2) pike poles and will be located 6' in the front of the crosslays. If the head of a pike pole can come in contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided. The pike pole tube will be notched to allow a New York style pike pole to fit into the tube. LADDER, TOP ACCESS A wide easy climbing access ladder, constructed of aluminum rungs and extruded aluminum rails, will be provided on the opposite side of the ladder storage at the rear of the apparatus. The inside climbing area of the ladder will be 13.75" wide. The lower section of the ladder will be retractable into the upper section to eliminate interference with the rear FMVSS lights. When lowered the bottom rung will be lower than the body, approximately 16.00" to 20.00" from the ground to allow a lower first step height. The ladder will be slanted when in use for easy access, and fold against the body for storage to reduce the overall length. Corrosion resistant, stainless steel spring -loaded locks will hold the ladder in place. 89 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL There will be a "do not move truck" indicator activated in the cab if the ladder is not in the stowed position when the parking brake is disengaged. I -ZONE BRACKETS Two (2) flip -out I -Zone brackets will be provided and mounted at the rear of the apparatus, one each side in line top rear compartment. The brackets will be designed with adequate reinforcement to eliminate flexing of the body (oil canning). PUMP CONTROL PANELS (LEFT SIDE CONTROL) Pump controls and gauges will be located midship at the left side of the apparatus and properly identified. The main pump operator's control panel will be completely enclosed and located in the forward section of the body compartment, to protect against road debris and weather elements. The pump operator's panels will be no more than 31.00" wide, and made in four (4) sections with the center section easily removable with simple hand tools. For the safety of the pump operator, there will be no discharge outlets or pump inlets located on the main pump operators panel. Layout of the pump control panel will be ergonomically efficient and systematically organized. The upper section will contain the master gauges. This section will be angled down for easy visibility. The center section will contain the pump controls aligned in two horizontal rows. The pressure control device, engine monitoring gauges, electrical switches, and foam controls (if applicable) will be located on or adjacent to the center panel, on the side walls for easy operation and visibility. The lower section will contain the outlet drains. Manual controls will be easy moving 8" long lever style controls that operate in a vertical, up and down swing motion. These handles will have a 2.25" diameter knob and be able to lock in place to prevent valve creep under any pressure. Bright finish bezels will encompass the opening, be securely mounted to the pump operator's panel, and will incorporate the discharge gauge bezel. Bezels will be bolted to the panel for easy removal and gauge service. The left side discharges will be controlled directly at the valve. There will be no push-pull style control handles. Identification tags for the discharge controls will be recessed within the same bezel. The discharge identification tags will be color coded, with each discharge having its own unique color. All remaining identification tags will be mounted on the pump panel in chrome -plated bezels. All discharge outlets will be color coded and labeled to correspond with the discharge identification tag. The pump panels for the midship discharge and intake ports will be located ahead of the body compartments with no side discharge or intake higher than the frame rail. The pump panels will be easily removable with simple hand tools. A recessed cargo area will be provided at the front of the body, ahead of the water tank above the plumbing. CARGO AREA FLOOR LOWERED The cargo floor above the crosslays and pump area will be lowered 5.00". 90 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL PUMP Pump will be a Pierce, low profile, 2000 gpm single stage midship mounted centrifugal type, mounted below the cab. The pump will have a 15 percent reserve capacity to allow for extended time between pump rebuild. To ensure efficient pump/vehicle design the capacity to weight ratio will not be less than 1.5:1. The pump casing will consist of three (3) discharge outlets, one (1) to each side in line with the impeller and one (1) to the rear. The pump casing will incorporate two (2) water strippers to maintain radial balance. Pump will be the Class A type. Pump will be certified to deliver the percentage of rated discharge from draft at pressure indicated below: • 100 percent of rated capacity at 150 psi net pump pressure • 70 percent of rated capacity at 200 psi net pump pressure • 50 percent of rated capacity at 250 psi net pump pressure The pump will have the capacity to deliver the percentage of rated discharge from a pressurized source as indicated below: • 135 percent of rated capacity at 100 psi net pump pressure from a 5 psi source Pump body will be fine-grained gray iron. Pump will incorporate a heater/cooling jacket integral to the pump housing. The impeller will be high strength vacuum cast bronze alloy accurately machine balanced and splined to a ten 10) spline stainless steel pump shaft for precision fit, exceptional durability, and efficiency. Double replaceable reverse flow labyrinth type bronze wear ring design will help to minimize end thrust. The impeller will be a twisted vane design to create higher lift. No keyed shafts will be acceptable. The pump will include o-ring gaskets throughout the pump. Deep groove radial type oversize ball bearings will be provided. The bearings will be protected at the openings from road dirt and water with an oil seal and water slinger. The pump will have a flat, patterned area on the top of the pump intake wye to allow standing for plumbing maintenance. The main inlet manifold will be 6.00" in diameter and will have a low profile design to facilitate low crosslays and high flows. For ease of service, the pump housing, intake wye, impeller, mechanical seal, and gear case will be accessible from above the chassis frame by tilting the cab. Removal of the main inlet wyes will provide access to the impeller, mechanical seal, and wear ring. The tank to pump line and the primary discharge line will be the only piping required to be removed for overhaul. 91 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL For ease of service and overhaul there will be no piping or manifolding located directly over the pump. PUMP MOUNTING Pump will be mounted to the chassis frame rails directly below the crew cab, to minimize wheelbase and facilitate service, using rubber isolators in a modified V pattern that include one (1) central mounted isolator located between the frame rails and one (1) on each side outside the frame rails. The mounting will allow chassis frame rails to flex independently without damage to the fire pump. Each isolator will be 2.55" in total outside diameter and will be rated at 490 lb. The pump will be completely accessible by tilting the cab with no piping located directly above the pump. MECHANICAL SEALS Silicon carbide mechanical seals will be provided. The seals will be spring loaded and self-adjusting. The seals will have a minimum thermal conductivity of 126 W/m*K to run cooler. Seals will have a minimum hardness of 2800 kg/mm2 to be more resistant to wear, and have thermal expansion characteristics of no more than 4.0 X106mm/mm*K to be more resistant to thermal shock. PUMP GEAR CASE The integrated pump transmission gear case will use a pressure -lubricated system to cool, lubricate, and filter the oil. The gear case will be constructed of lightweight aluminum, and impregnated with resin in accordance to MIL Spec MIL-1-17563. A sight glass, accessible by tilting the cab, will be provided for easy fluid level checks. The gear case will consist of three (3) gears to drive the pump. CLUTCH There will be a heavy-duty hydraulic clutch mounted directly to the integrated pump transmission to engage and disengage the pump without gear clash. The clutch will be a multiple disc design for maximum torque. The clutch will be fully self-adjusting to provide automatic wear compensation, and consistent torque throughout the life of the clutch. Positive engagement and disengagement will be provided through a high efficient and dependable hydraulic system to assure superior performance. LOW PRESSURE/HIGH TEMPERATURE LIGHTS Lights will be provided to indicate when a high temperature or low pressure situation occurs. Lights will be provided next to the master gauges at the pump panel as well as on the control panel in the cab. A pair of lights will be provided in each location. One (1) light will be provided to indicate high temperature. The second light will be provided to indicate a low pressure. All lights will be labeled accordingly. PUMPING MODE Pump will provide for both pump and roll mode and stationary pumping mode. Stationary pumping mode will be accomplished by stopping the vehicle, setting the parking brake and engaging the water pump switch on the cab switch panel. The transmission will shift to "Neutral" range automatically when the parking brake is set. The "OK to Stationary Pump" indicator will also illuminate when the parking brake is set. 92 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL If the vehicle is equipped with a suitable Husky foam system or Hercules CAFS system, these systems will be engaged from the cab switch panel as well. Pump and roll mode will be accomplished by the use of the main pump and will not require the use of a secondary pump. Pump and roll mode will use the same operation sequence as stationary pumping mode with a few additional steps. After the vehicle is setup for stationary pumping, the operator will leave the cab and setup the pump panel to discharge at the desired outlet(s). Upon returning to the cab, the operator will disengage the parking brake. An "OK to Pump & Roll" indicator will illuminate on the cab switch panel. First gear on the transmission gear selector will be selected by the operator for pump and roll operations. The operator as needed will apply the foot throttle. Pump and roll mode will be maintained unless the transmission shifts out of first gear. Stopping either stationary pumping mode or pump and roll mode will be accomplished by pressing the "Water Pump" switch down to disengage the pump. A pump pressure reading will be displayed in view of the driver. PUMP SHIFT Pump will be engaged in not more than two steps, by simply setting the parking brake, which will automatically put the transmission into neutral, and activating a red rocker switch in the cab. Switches in the cab will also allow for water, foam, or CAFS if equipped, and activate the appropriate system to preset parameters. The engagement will provide simple two-step operation, enhance reliability, and completely eliminate gear clash. The shift will include the indicator lights as mandated by NFPA. A direct override switch will be located behind a door in the lower pump operator's panel. The switch will automatically disengage when the door is closed. As the parking brake is applied, the pump panel throttle will be activated and deactivate the chassis foot throttle for stationary operation. Pump and roll operation will be available by releasing the parking brake with the pump in the pumping mode. Releasing the parking brake will activate the chassis foot throttle, and deactivate the pump panel throttle. To protect from accidental pump overheating, the pump will automatically disengage when the truck transmission shifts into second gear. TRANSMISSION LOCK UP Transmission lock up is not required as transmission will automatically shift to neutral as soon as the parking brake is set. AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM A supplementary heat exchange cooling system will be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. A water -to -coolant heat exchanger will be used. INTAKE RELIEF VALVE - PUMP There will be One (1) Elkhart Style 40 relief valve(s) installed on the suction side of the pump preset at 125 psig. 93 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL The relief valve(s) will have a working range of 75 psi to 250 psi. The outlet will terminate below the frame rails with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter and will have a "do not cap" warning tag. The relief valve pressure control will be located behind the right side pump panel with a stainless steel access door. PRESSURE CONTROLLER A FRC Pump Boss 500 electronic pressure controller with one (1) 600 PSI transducer on the pump discharge will be provided. All readouts will be standard PSI . When a single 300 psi or single 600 psi pressure transducer is selected the transducer is installed in the discharge side of the water pump. The transducer continuously monitors pump pressure sending a signal to the electronic pressure controller. When a dual 600 psi pressure transducer is selected the transducer are installed in the discharge side and intake side of the water pump. The discharge transducer continuously monitors pump pressure sending a signal to the electronic pressure controller. The intake transducer continuously monitors the pump intake sending a signal to the electronic pressure controller. The pressure controller can be used in two (2) modes of operation, RPM mode and pressure modes. The controller will be programmed to turn on/default to RPM Setting mode. In RPM mode, the controller can be activated after vehicle parking brake has been set. When in this mode, the controller will maintain the set engine speed, regardless of engine load (within engine operation capabilities). In pressure mode, the controller can be activated after vehicle parking brake has been set. When in this mode, the controller will automatically maintain the discharge pressure set by the operator (within the discharge capabilities of the pump and water supply) regardless of flow. A 2.00" diameter throttle control knob with no mechanical stops, a serrated grip, and a red idle push button in the center will be a integrated/part of the pressure controller. The throttle control knob will be programmed for Clockwise rotation to increase engine speed. Individual LED indicators for ok to pump, throttle ready, pressure mode and rpm mode will be located on the pressure controller for easy viewing. Safety features include recognition of low water and no water conditions with an automatic programmed response and a push button to return the engine to idle. An additional audible alarm will NOT BE provided. The pressure controller screen will be LCD. The LCD screen and LED intensity will be automatically adjust for day and nighttime operation. The LCD screen intensity can also be manually adjusted if needed. 94 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL The following information will be provided/displayed on the LCD screen - • Engine RPM • Check engine and stop engine warning indicators • Engine oil pressure • Engine coolant temperature • Transmission Temp • Battery voltage • Operating mode (RPM or pressure) • Pressure or RPM setting On screen messaging show diagnostic and warning messages as they occur. It will show apparatus information, stored data, and program options when selected by the operator. It will monitor inputs outputs and support audible and visual warning alarms for the following conditions - • High battery voltage • Low battery voltage/engine off • Low battery voltage/engine running • High water pump temperature • Low engine oil pressure • High engine coolant temperature • No engine response (visual alarm only) The pressure controller will store the accumulated operating hours for the pump and engine. These items are to be displayed within the pressure controller menu. The pressure controller will include a USB port on the back of the controller for easy software upgrades if needed. PRIMING PUMP The priming pump will be a Trident Emergency Products compressed air powered, high efficiency, multistage venturi based AirPrime System, conforming to standards outlined in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards. All wetted metallic parts of the priming system are to be of brass and stainless steel construction. One (1) priming control will open the priming valve and start the pump primer. RECIRCULATING LINE WITH CHECK VALVE A 0.50" diameter recirculating line, from the pump to the water tank, will be furnished with a control installed at the pump operator's control panel. A check valve will be provided in this line to prevent the back flow of water from the tank to the pump if the valve is left in the open position. PUMP MANUALS There will be a total of two (2) pump manuals provided by the pump manufacturer and furnished with the apparatus. The manuals will be provided by the pump manufacturer in the form of two (2) electronic copies. Each manual will cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts. 95 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL PUMP TEST, DUAL RATED The water pump higher capacity rating will be rated at 2,000 gpm. The water pump lower capacity rating will be rated at 1,500 gpm. There will be two (2), individual sets of pump manufacturers certificates furnished with the apparatus, reflecting the two (2) different pump ratings. The pump panel tags/placards and the third party pump test will reflect the higher capacity pump rating. The pump will be tested, approved and certified by an independent third party testing agency at the manufacturer's expense. The test results along with the pump manufacturer's certification of the hydrostatic test, the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve, and the manufacturer's record of pump construction details will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of shipment. PLUMBING, STAINLESS STEEL AND HOSE All inlet and outlet lines will be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe, hydraulic type hose or reinforced poly hose. All hose's will be equipped with high pressure brass or stainless steel couplings. Stainless steel hard plumbing will be a minimum of Schedule 10. Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, the piping will be equipped with victaulic or rubber couplings. Plumbing manifold bodies will be ductile cast iron or stainless steel. All lines to drain through either a master drain valve or will be equipped with individual drain valves. Discharge drains will be extended to drain below the chassis frame with 3/4" rubber hose. All water carrying gauge lines will be hydraulic or reinforced poly hose. All individual pump primer lines will be hydraulic type hose or reinforced poly hose. All piping, hose and fittings will have a minimum of a 700 PSI hydrodynamic pressure rating. FOAM SYSTEM PLUMBING All piping that is in contact with the foam concentrate or foam/water solution will be stainless steel. The fittings will be stainless steel or brass. Cast iron pump manifolds will be allowed. MAIN PUMP INLETS A 6.00" pump manifold inlet will be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction inlets will include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump. Main pump inlets will not be located on the main operator's panel and will maintain a low connection height by terminating below the top of the chassis frame rail. INLET VALVE W/INTAKE RELIEF VALVE There will be Two (2) TFT AX7HNP-NX-01 ball intake valves will be installed on the left side main pump inlet. The valve will be located outside the pump panel. The valve will be equipped with a 6.00" (F) swivel x 4.00" (F) swivel inlet with plug. 96 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL The pressure relief valve will be easily removable with the inlet valve utilizing an o-ring slip joint. This will be plumbed through the pump panel and terminate with a 2.50" NST connection. The 0.75" drain tube will be plumbed through the pump panel. MAIN PUMP INLET CAP The main pump inlets will have National Standard Threads with a long handle chrome cap. The cap will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. VALVES All ball valves will be Akron® Brass. The Akron valves will be the 8000 series heavy-duty style with a stainless steel ball and a simple two -seat design. No lubrication or regular maintenance is required on the valve. Valves will have a ten (10) year warranty. The location of the valve for the one (1) inlet will be recessed behind the pump panel. INLET CONTROL The side auxiliary inlet(s) will incorporate a quarter -turn ball valve with the control located at the inlet valve. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve. LEFT SIDE INLET There will be one (1) auxiliary inlet with a 2.50" valve at the left side pump panel, terminating with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread adapter. The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. RIGHT SIDE INLET There will be one (1) auxiliary inlet with a 2.50" valve at the right side pump panel, terminating with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread adapter. The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. ANODE, INLET A pair of sacrificial zinc anodes will be provided in the water pump inlets to protect the pump from corrosion. FRONT INLET A 4.00" inlet front inlet that terminates on top of the right side bumper extension will be provided. The plumbing will consist of 5.00" stainless steel and a 5.00" Jamesbury butterfly valve . Only radius elbows will be used in the piping, no mitered joints. Drains will be furnished in all the low points of piping and have .75" valves with T swing handle. Bleeder valves will be located near the threaded connection and the valve control. 97 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL Die cast zinc screens will be provided at the front inlet connection. FRONT INLET CONTROL The front inlet will be gated and controlled with an Akron 9333 electric valve controller provided on the pump operators panel. The electric control must be of a true position feedback design, requiring no clutches in the motor or current limiting. The unit must be completely sealed with momentary open, close as well and an optional one touch full open feature to operate the valve actuator. The controller will provide position indication on a full color, backlit LCD display. It will have manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto dimming option. A manual override hex nut will be provided directly on the valve. Access to the manual override hex nut will be between the lower pump panel and the rearward area of the cab on the right side of the truck. A maintain switch will be provided on the lower right PUC pump panel near the manual override hex nut to disconnect the power to the electric actuator motor to allow the manual override to be utilized. A manual override speed wrench with swivel sockets will be provided in loose equipment to override the front inlet valve. FRONT INLET INTAKE RELIEF VALVE An Elkhart Brass Style 40 intake pressure relief valve will be provided on the inlet side of the valve preset at 125 psig. The pressure relief valve will be adjustable from 75 to 250 psi. The outlet will be 2.50" National Standard hose thread and terminate below the frame rails and will have a "do not cap" warning tag near the discharge outlet. FRONT INLET ELBOW The front inlet will have a 4.00" inlet elbow with swivel, terminating with Male National Standard Hose Thread. The swivel will be Chrome. A quarter -turn style of bleeder will be provided on the front inlet elbow. FRONT INLET CAP The front inlet will have National Standard hose threads with a long handle cap. The cap will incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. The cap will be fabricated from brass material. ELBOW, REAR INLET The 4.00" inlet, located at the rear of the apparatus, will be furnished with a 4.00" (F) National Standard hose thread x 4.00" (M) National Standard hose thread with a 4.00 cap. 98 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL FRONT INLET ACCESSORIES A stainless steel cover/guard will be provided over the front suction elbow to protect the switch that is used for the cab lift interlock. INTERLOCK An interlock system will be provided that will not allow the cab to be lifted unless the front suction is in the correct location as to not damage the cab. REAR INLET One (1) rear inlet with 3.00" plumbing will be provided with the control located at the operator's panel. The inlet will be located at the rear of the body on the right side. The inlet will be furnished with a 3.00" NPT to (F) 4.00" NST chrome plated swivel and plug. A bleeder valve will be located at the threaded connection. INLET BLEEDER VALVE A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each side gated inlet. The valves will be located behind the panel with a "T" swing style handle control extended to the outside of the panel. The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage. The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. TANK TO PUMP The booster tank will be connected to the intake side of the pump with heavy duty 4.00" piping and a quarter turn 3.00" full flow line valve with the control located at the operator's panel. A rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing. A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank. TANK REFILL A 1.50" combination tank refill and pump re -circulation line will be provided, using a quarter -turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel. DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS The right side discharges will incorporate a quarter -turn ball valve and be controlled by Akron 9335 electric valve controllers provided on the pump operators panel. The electric controls must be of a true position feedback design, requiring no clutches in the motor or current limiting. The units must be completely sealed with momentary open, close as well and an optional one touch full open feature to operate their corresponding valve actuator. The controllers will provide position indication on a full color, backlit LCD display. They will have manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto 99 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL dimming option. In addition to the valve controls, the electric valve controllers will include a pressure display All other outlets will have manual swing handles that operate in a vertical up and down motion. These handles will be able to lock in place to prevent valve creep under pressure. LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS There will be two (2) discharges with a 2.50" valves on the left side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. Discharges will be located below the cab, and will be no higher than the top of the chassis frame rail. Discharges will not be located on the pump operator's panel. Lever controls will be provided at the valve. LEFT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS The 2.50" discharge outlets, located on the left side pump panel, will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 30 degree elbow. The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS There will be One (1) discharge outlet with a 2.50" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" MNST adapter. The discharge(s) will be located below the crew cab and will be no higher than the top of the chassis frame rail. There will be Akron 9335 electric valve controller(s) provided on the pump operators panel. The electric control(s) must be of a true position feedback design, requiring no clutches in the motor or current limiting. The unit(s) must be completely sealed with momentary open, close as well and an optional one touch full open feature to operate the valve actuator. The controller(s) will provide position indication on a full color, backlit LCD display. They will have manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto dimming option. In addition to valve position, each controller will include a pressure display. RIGHT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS The 2.50" discharge outlets, located on the right side pump panel, will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 30 degree elbow. The elbow will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. LARGE DIAMETER DISCHARGE OUTLET There will be an Akron 8800 4.00" flat ball valve with 4.00" plumbing terminating with a 4.00" MNST chrome adapter on the right side pump panel. The valve will be controlled with a(n) Akron 9335 with pressure located at the pump operator's panel. 100 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL LARGE DIAMETER OUTLET CAP The large diameter outlet will have a National Standard hose thread adapter with a 4.00" rocker lug chrome plated cap and chain. The cap will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates a patent pending thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. FRONT DISCHARGE OUTLET There will be one (1) 1.50" discharge outlet piped to the front of the apparatus and located in the left side front bumper tray. Plumbing will consist of 2.00" piping and flexible hose with a 2.00" ball valve with control at the pump operator's panel. A fabricated weldment made of stainless steel pipe will be used in the plumbing where appropriate. The piping will terminate with a 1.50" NST with 90 degree stainless steel swivel. There will be automatic drains provided at all low points of the piping. REAR DISCHARGE OUTLET There will be One (1) discharge outlet piped to the rear of the hose bed on left side,installed so proper clearance is provided for spanner wrenches or adapters. Plumbing will consist of 2.50" piping along with a 2.50" full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operator's panel. Discharge will terminate with 2.50" NST thread. Discharge piping will be schedule 10 304L welded or formed stainless steel and routed through the water tank. REAR OUTLET ELBOWS The 2.50" discharge outlets located at the rear of the apparatus will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow. The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. HOSE BED DISCHARGE OUTLET There will be One (1) discharge outlet piped to the front of the hose bed, in the to be 2.5" on center of the outlet from the left side body face bed. Plumbing will consist of 2.00" schedule 10 304L welded or formed stainless steel piping along with a 2.00" full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operator's panel. Discharge will terminate with 1.50" NST thread. DISCHARGE CAPS/ INLET PLUGS Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with chain will be furnished for all discharge outlets 1.00" thru 3.00" in size, besides the pre -connected hose outlets. Chrome plated, rocker lug, plugs with chain will be furnished for all auxiliary inlets 1.00" thru 3.00" in size. The caps and plugs will incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. 101 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL OUTLET BLEEDER VALVE A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each outlet 1.50" or larger. Automatic drain valves are acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application. The valves will be located behind the panel with a T swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel. The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The T swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage. Bleeders will be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They will be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to. The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. DISCHARGE DRAIN VALVES Provide a manual style drain in all low plumbing points that would normally have automatic drains. REDUCER There will be one (1) adapter with 2.50" FNST x 1 installed on rear 2.5". 50" MNST threads and a 1.50" chrome plated cap DELUGE RISER A 3.00" deluge riser will be installed above the pump in such a manner that a monitor can be mounted and used effectively. 3.00" piping will be installed securely so no movement develops when the line is charged. A 2.50" gated valve will be installed and controlled at the pump operator's panel. The deluge outlet will flow a minimum 1000 GPM. DELUGE OUTLET SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS The deluge gun outlet will be located driver's side of cargo area. MONITOR An Akron Model 3431 Apollo Hi -Riser monitor will be properly installed on the deluge riser. Included will be a fixed mounting base. The monitor will be painted as provided by monitor manufacturer. NOZZLE, DELUGE An Akron Akromatic model 5160 1250 GPM Master Stream Nozzle with 2.50" swivel will be provided. The nozzle will have a range of 250 to 1250 GPM and have a built in stream shaper. The deluge riser will have a 3.00" four (4)-bolt flange for mounting the monitor. CROSSLAY MODULE The crosslay module will be 81" wide. Both sides will be inset 8.50". 102 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL The forward, upper corners of the module will have full body corners. CROSS LAY/DEADLAY HOSE RESTRAINT A two piece black 1.00" nylon webbing design with 2.00" box pattern will be provided at the ends of crosslay(s) to secure the hose during travel. The webbing will be permanently attached at the bottom of each lower crosslay/deadlay opening. There will be spring clip and hook fasteners located at the top of the lower crosslay webbing. The upper crosslay/deadlay opening will be permanently attached at the forward area just rear of the storage box. One (1) vertical metal bar the height of the upper crosslay/deadlay bed will hook onto a footman loop at the top of the bed and 1.00" web strap with a spring hook and clip will be sewn on at the bottom of the crosslay/deadlay bed. CROSSLAY(S), LOWER There will be two (2) lower crosslays provided. 1.50" Crosslays There will be two (2) 1.50" crosslays plumbed with 2.00" welded or formed schedule 10 304L stainless steel pipe. The crosslays will be low mounted with the bottom of both crosslay trays no more than 11.00" above the frame rails for simple, safe reloading and deployment. There will be a 1.50" National Standard hose thread 90-degree swivel provided in each hose bed, so that the hose may be removed from either side of apparatus. The swivel will be as far outbound as possible for ease of changing hose. Each crosslay will be gated with a 2.00" quarter turn ball valve with the controls located at the pump operator's panel. Each hose bed will be capable of carrying 200' of 1.75" double jacket hose . Crosslay Hose Trays A removable tray will be provided for each crosslay hose bed. The crosslay tray will be constructed of black poly to provide a lightweight sturdy tray. Two (2) hand holes will be in the floor and additional hand holes will be provided in the sides for easy removal and installation from the compartment. The floor of the trays will be perforated to allow for drainage and hose drying. Trays will be held in place by a mechanical spring -loaded stainless -steel latch that automatically deploys upon loading the trays to hold the trays in place during transit. CROSSLAY(S)/DEADLAY(S) UPPER There will be one (1) upper crosslay and one (1) upper deadlay provided 2.50" Crosslav There will be one (1) 2.50" crosslay plumbed with 2.50" welded or formed schedule 10 304L stainless steel pipe. 103 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL There will be a 2.50" National Standard hose thread 90-degree swivel provided in each hose bed, so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus. The swivel will be as far outbound as possible for ease of changing hose. Each crosslay will be gated with a 2.50" quarter turn ball valve with the controls located at the pump operator's panel. Each hose bed will be capable of carrying 100' of 2.5" . Deadlay There will be one (1) deadlay, without plumbing provided. The hose bed will be capable of carrying 2 100' of 1.75" bundles . Crosslay Hose Trays A removable tray will be provided for each crosslay/deadlay hose bed. The crosslay tray will be constructed of black poly to provide a lightweight sturdy tray. Two (2) hand holes will be in the floor and additional hand holes will be provided in the sides for easy removal and installation from the compartment. The floor of the trays will be perforated to allow for drainage and hose drying. Trays will be held in place by a mechanical spring -loaded stainless -steel latch that automatically deploys upon loading the trays to hold the trays in place during transit. BACKBOARD STORAGE Mounting will be provide for Two (2) backboard(s) located in the upper crosslay module. The backboard(s) will be enclosed and removable from either side of the truck. A vertically hinged aluminum treadplate door with a Southco C2 chrome flush latch will be provided on each end of the storage. The doors will be hinged along the forward edge. The backboard(s) to be stored will be 2.5" deep x 74" long x 17" wide. SCUFFPLATE There will be an aluminum treadplate scuffplate provided on the crosslay module (both sides) lower and middle sections BOOSTER HOSE REEL A Hannay electric rewind booster hose reel will be installed over the pump in a recessed open compartment on the right side of the apparatus. The exterior finish of the reel will be painted job color matching the lower body. A polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly will be mounted on the reel side of the apparatus. Discharge control will be provided at the pump operator's panel. Plumbing to the reel will consist of 1.50" Aeroquip hose and a 1.50" valve. REEL REWIND SWITCH Reel motor will be protected from overload with a circuit breaker rated to match the motor. 104 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL Electric rewind control will be a rubber covered button will be located in the area ahead of the crosslays on the right side.. Booster hose, 1.00" diameter and 150 feet, with chrome plated Barway, or equal couplings will be provided. Working pressure of the booster hose will be a minimum of 800 psi. Capacity of the hose reel will be 200 feet of 1.00" booster hose. HOSEREEL ACCESS A quantity of one (1) cutout(s) will be provided in the passenger's side for the hose reel(s). These cutout(s) will allow access to the hose and provide a window to view the reel. Stainless steel rollers with nylon bushings will be mounted horizontally and vertically around the cutout. FOAM CONCENTRATE PROPORTIONING SYSTEM A Hypro FoamPro@, Model 2001, foam system will be provided as the means for the proportioning of foam concentrate into the water stream. The FoamPro is an electronic, fully automatic, variable speed, direct injection, discharge side foam proportioning system. This system will be capable of handling Class "A" foam concentrates, as well as most Class "B" foam concentrates. The foam system will be plumbed to six (6) discharges. The discharges capable of dispensing foam will be two crosslays, rear 2.5" , 1.5" hosebed outlet, booster, front bumper. The foam proportioning system operation will be based on a direct measurement of water flows, and remain consistent within the specified flow and pressure. The system will be equipped with a digital electronic control display on the pump panel. Incorporated within the control display will be a microprocessor, which receives input from the system flow meter while also monitoring the foam concentrate pump output. The microprocessor will compare the values of the water flow versus the foam flow, to ensure the proportion rate is accurate. One (1) paddle wheel will be installed to monitor all foam discharges. Push button control for the form proportioning rate will allow a ratio from 0.1 % to 3.0% in 0.1 % increments. The rated capacity of this system will be 85 gpm at 3.0% and 500 gpm at 0.5 %. A 2.5 gpm @150 psi, positive displacement foam pump will be powered by a 1/2 hp 12 vdc electric motor. One (1) check valve will be installed in the plumbing to prevent foam from contaminating the water pump. The check valve will be approved by the foam system manufacturer. 105 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL FOAM REFILL PUMP A 12v pump will be permanently mounted in the pump compartment. A male quick disconnect fitting will be provided on the Left Pump Panel and a pick-up wand with a 6' tube and mating female fitting will be provided loose. The control switch for the pump will be located on the pump panel adjacent to the quick disconnect fitting. The pump will be plumbed to the foam tank allowing the user to refill the foam tank from the ground. FOAM CELL The foam cell will be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell will have a capacity of 30 gallons of foam with the intended use of Class A foam. The brand of foam stored in this tank will be Green fire . The foam cell will not reduce the capacity of the water tank. The foam cell will have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the lid. FOAM TANK DRAIN The foam tank drain will be a 1.00" drain valve located inside the pump compartment accessible through a door on the right side pump panel. The following drawing(s) will be provided for approval by the customer. The drawing(s) will be made for up Two (02) Truck apparatus and/or similar Pierce job number. PUMP OPERATOR'S PANEL DRAWING A detailed drawing to scale of the pump operator's panel will be provided for the customer to review. The drawing will include all of the gauges, controls, switching, etc.., located on the pump operator's panel. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line. The finalized and signed customer approved pump operator's panel drawing will become part of the contract documents. Due to the way drain(s), bleeder(s), operational/maintenance tag(s) and NFPA required warning tag(s) are placed on pump panel(s), these items will NOT be shown on any pump panel approval drawing(s). These item(s) will be placed on pump panel(s) at the fire apparatus manufacturer discretion. REMAINING PUMP PANEL(S) Detailed drawing(s) to scale of the remaining pump panel(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The drawing(s) will include all of the gauges, controls, switching, etc.., located on the pump panel(s). The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to these approval drawing(s). The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing(s) per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line. The finalized and signed customer approved pump panel drawing(s) will become part of the contract documents. 106 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL Due to the way drain(s), bleeder(s), operational/maintenance tag(s) and NFPA required warning tag(s) are placed on pump panel(s), these items will NOT be shown on any pump panel approval drawing(s). These item(s) will be placed on pump panel(s) at the fire apparatus manufacturer discretion. COLOR CODED TAGS A detailed drawing/chart of the colors used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line. The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the colors will become part of the contract documents. SPECIAL TEXT/VERBIAGE TAGS A detailed drawing/chart of the text/verbiage used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line. The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the text/verbiage will become part of the contract documents. PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION The pump panel configuration will be arranged and installed in an organized manner that will provide user-friendly operation. PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL The pump operator's panel and gauge panels will be constructed of stainless steel with a brushed finish. The side control panels will be constructed of stainless steel with a brushed finish for durability and ease of maintenance. PUMP AND PLUMBING ACCESS Simple access to the plumbing will be provided through the front of the body area by raising the cab for complete plumbing service and valve maintenance. Access to valves will not require removal of operator panels or pump panels. Access for rebuilding of the pump will not require removal of more than the tank to pump line and a single discharge line. This access will allow for fast, easy valve or pump rebuilding, making for reduced out of service times. Steps will be provided for access to the top of the pump. Access to the pump will be provided by raising the cab. The pump will be positioned such that all maintenance and overhaul work can be performed above the frame and under the tilted cab. The service and overhaul work on the pump will not require the removal of operator panels or pump panels. Complete pump casing and gear case removal will require no more than removal of the intake and 107 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL discharge manifolds, driveline, coolers and a single discharge line. The pump case and gear case will be able to be removed by lifting upward without interference from piping and be removable in less than 3 hours. PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model 3SCOCDCR, 3.00" white 12 volt DC LED light(s) with Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC, flange(s) installed in the plumbing area. The light(s) will be activated by a toggle switch located in the pump compartment area. Engine monitoring graduated LED indicators will be incorporated with the pressure controller. THROTTLE READY GREEN INDICATOR LIGHT There will be a green indicator light integrated with the pressure governor and/or engine throttle installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in throttle ready mode. AIR HORN SWITCH An air horn control switch will be provided at the pump operator's control panel. This switch will be momentary red and properly Iabeled.The switch will be located within easy reach of the operator in the electrical switch panel. DRAINS, MAIN INTAKES, BALL INTAKE VALVES The air bleeds for the ball intake valves will be plumbed behind the pump panel . VACUUM AND PRESSURE GAUGES The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1 Incorporated The gauges will be a minimum of 6.00" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering, with a pressure range of 30.00"-0-600#. The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel. Test port connections will be provided at the pump operator's panel. One will be connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They will have 0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and polished stainless steel plugs. They will be marked with a label. PRESSURE GAUGES The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges will be interlube filled and manufactured by Class 1©. The gauges will be a minimum of 3.00" in diameter and will have white faces with black markings. Gauge construction will include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut. Gauges will have a pressure rating of 30.00" 0-600 psi. 108 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical. This gauge will include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube. WATER LEVEL GAUGE A Fire Research TankVision Pro model WLA300-A00 water tank indicator gauge will be installed on the pump operators panel. The gauge kit will include an electronic indicator module, a pressure sensor, and a 10' sensor cable. The gauge will show the volume of water in the tank on nine (9) easy to see super bright RGB LEDs. A wide view lens over the LEDs will provide for a viewing angle of 180 degrees. The gauge case will be waterproof, manufactured of Polycarbonate/Nylon material, and have a distinctive blue label. The program features will be accessed from the front of the indicator module. The program will support self -diagnostics capabilities, self -calibration, six (6) programmable colored light patterns to display tank volume, adjustable brightness control levels and a data link to connect remote indicators. Low water warnings will include flashing LEDs at 1/4 tank and down chasing LEDs when the tank is almost empty. The gauge will receive an input signal from an electronic pressure sensor. The sensor will be mounted from the outside of the water tank near the bottom. No probe will be placed on the interior of the tank. Wiring will be weather resistant and have automotive type plug-in connectors. The system(s) will be activated when parking brake is applied. MINI SLAVE UNIT A Fire Research TankVision model WLA205-A00 miniature tank indicator gauge will be installed in the cab. The indicator gauge will show the volume of water in the tank on five (5) easy to see super bright LEDs. A wide view lens over the LEDs will provide for a viewing angle of 180 degrees. The indicator gauge case will be manufactured of Polycarbonate material with an integrated lens and have a distinctive blue label. REMOTE LIGHT DRIVER A Fire Research TankVision model WLA290-A00 remote light driver will be installed. The driver will provide four (4) separate outputs to control additional water level lights around the apparatus. The lights will show 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, and full tank. When power is applied the driver will run a test and cycle each remote light on and off. When the tank is less than 1/4 full the 1/4 tank light will blink. WATER LEVEL GAUGE There will be three (3) additional water level indicator(s), Whelen®, Model PSTANK2, LED module with chrome trim, installed one (1) each side rearward of crew cab doors and one (1) on the rear body, right side. This light module(s) will include four (4) colored levels, and function similar to the water level indicator located at the operators panel: • First green module indicates a full water level • Second blue module indicates a water level above 3/4 full 109 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL • Third amber module indicates a water level above 1/2 full • Last red module indicates a water level above 1/4 full and empty o Above 1/4 this light will be steady burning o At empty this light will be flashing The flash rate will be determined by the main water level tank sensor. This module will be activated when the pump is in gear. FOAM LEVEL GAUGE A Pierce electric foam level gauge will be provided on the operator's panel, that registers foam level by means of nine (9) LEDs. There will also be a mini foam level gauge with five (5) LEDs in the cab. They will be at 1/8 level increments with a tank empty LED. The LEDs will be a bright type that is readable in sunlight, and have a full 180 degree of clear viewing. The gauge will match the water level gauge in the pressure controller. To further alert the pump operator, will have a warning flash when the tank volume is less than 25 percent, and will have Down Chasing LEDs when the tank is almost empty. The level measurement will be ascertained by sensing the head pressure of the fluid in the tank or cell. This method provides accuracy with an array of multi -viscosity foams. The foam level gauge in the cab will be activated by pump is in gear. SIDE CONTROL PUMP OPERATOR'S/PUMP PANEL LIGHTING Illumination will be provided for controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus and the equipment provided on it. External illumination will be a minimum of five (5) foot-candles on the face of the device. Internal illumination will be a minimum of four (4) footlamberts. The pump panels will be illuminated by two (2) Whelen, Model 01-066DO68-01 white LED lights with chrome bezel installed on the back of the cab, one (1) on the driver's side and one (1) on the passenger's side. The LED lights will be mounted as high as practical with the internal light reflector mounted at a 45 degree angle to the ground. The pump operator's panel will utilize the same LED strip lighting at the forward doorframe as all other compartment lighting. There will be a small white LED pump engaged indicator light installed overhead. AIR HORN SYSTEM Two (2) Hadley®, eTone, chrome air horns will be recessed in the front bumper. The air horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed to prevent the loss of air in the brake system. Air Horn Location The air horns will be located on each side of the bumper, inside of the frame rails. 110 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL Air Horn Control The air horn(s) will be activated by the following: • Steering wheel horn ring with electric/air horn selector switch • Right side chrome push button switch ELECTRONIC SIREN A Whelen®, Model 295SLSA1, electronic siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided. This siren will be powered up when the battery switch is on Siren head will be located on a swivel bracket mounted on the headliner so that it is accessible to both the driver and officer. The swivel bracket will be capable of rotating a minimum of 180 degrees. ELECTRONIC SIREN CONTROL The electronic siren will be activated by the following: • The right side push button. • The left side foot switch. SPEAKER There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model SA315P, black nylon composite, 100-watt, speaker with through bumper mounting brackets and polished stainless steel grille provided. The speaker will be connected to the siren amplifier. The speaker will be recessed in the left side of the front bumper, towards the outside. AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN There will be a Federal Signal Model Q213 mechanical siren furnished and installed in the front of the apparatus. The Q213 will be chrome finish. The siren will have a 2-gauge cable connected to a power solenoid that is connected by a 2-gauge cable ran battery direct to the primary chassis batteries and will be labeled Q213+ at the battery. The power solenoid will only be enabled when the emergency master switch is on. The siren will have a 2-gauge ground wire connected to the chassis battery stud. The cable will be labeled Q213- at the battery. The mechanical siren will be recessed in the front bumper on the right side. The siren will be properly supported using the bumper framework. MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL The mechanical siren will be activated by the following: 111 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL • Left side foot switch. • Right side push button switch. A momentary switch will be included in the left side overhead switch panel to activate the siren brake. SIREN PROGRAMMING The electronic siren will be programmed to include the warble and whoop tones. FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS There will be one (1) 81.00" Whelen® Freedom IVTM lightbar mounted on the cab roof. The lightbar will include the following: • One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side end position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side front corner position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side first front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side second front position. • One (1) white flashing LED module in the driver's side third front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side fourth front position. • One (1) red steady burning LED module in the driver's side fifth front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side sixth front position. • One (1) 795 LED traffic light controller set to national standard high priority in the center positions. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side sixth front position. • One (1) red steady burning LED module in the passenger's side fifth front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side fourth front position. • One (1) white flashing LED module in the passenger's side third front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side second front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side first front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side front corner position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side end position. There will be clear lenses included on the lightbar. The following switches may be a installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbar: • a switch to control the flashing LED modules. • the traffic light controller by a cab switch with emergency master control. • a driver's side momentary cab switch with no emergency master control to activate the traffic light controller. The white flashing LED modules and the traffic light controller will be disabled when the parking brake is applied. 112 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL The eight (8) red flashing LED modules in the front positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. SIDE WARNING LIGHTS There will be two (2) 21.50" Whelen Freedom IV LED lightbars mounted on the roof, one (1) on each side, over the cab doors. Each lightbar will include the following: • One (1) red flashing LED module in the outside rear corner position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the rear outside position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the front outside position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the outside front corner position. There will be clear lenses included on the lightbar. There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbars. These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. CAB FACE WARNING LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen®, and two (2) Federal Signal flashing LED warning lights installed on the cab face above the headlights in a quad bezel per the following: • One (1) Model M6*, 4.31" high x 6.75" wide x 1.37" deep lights in the left outside position. The left side outside warning light to include red LEDs. • One (1) Model LEDTCL64C-W, 4.15" high x 6.56" wide x 1.67" deep lights in the left inside position. The color of the LEDs to be white. • One (1) Model LEDTCL64C-W, 4.15" high x 6.56" wide x 1.67" deep lights in the right inside position. The color of the LEDs to be white • One (1) Model M6*, 4.31" high x 6.75" wide x 1.37" deep lights in the right outside position. The right side outside warning light to include red LEDs. • The warning light lens colors of the outside lights to be the same as the LEDs and the inside light lens colors to be clear. • The housing and trim shall be chrome finished. There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. The white LEDs will be deactivated hen the parking brake is applied. HEADLIGHT FLASHER The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side. There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on. 113 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL The flashing will automatically cancel when the hi -beam headlight switch is activated or when the parking brake is set. SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING There will be six (6) Whelen®, Model M6**, 4.31" high x 6.75" long x 1.37" deep flashing LED warning lights with chrome trim installed per the following: • Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side on the bumper extension. The driver's side, side front light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side front light to include red warning LEDs. • Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side of cab rearward of crew cab doors. The driver's side, side middle light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side middle light to include red warning LEDs. • Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side above rear wheels. The driver's side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs. • The warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs. There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. INTERIOR CAB DOOR WARNING LIGHTS There will be four (4) Weldon, Model 8401-0000-20, 16" long x 3/4" High x 5/8" deep amber 12 volt DC LED flashing strip lights provided. • One (1) light on the left side cab door. • One (1) light on the right side cab door. • One (1) light on the right side crew cab door. • One (1) light on the left side crew cab door. Each light will be located over the door window.. Each light will be activated when the battery switch is on, respective door is opened and no other controls are on. Each light will be installed so the flash pattern directs traffic away from the doors. ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS FOR WARNING LIGHTS The lights will be installed with a weatherproof insulated crimped Deutsch connectors. Deutsch connectors of appropriate type will be installed in the cab/crew cab doors where standard "butt splice" connections typically are, in order to provide ease of connection/disconnection of the circuit applied to. SIDE WARNING LIGHTS LOW INTENSITY There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M9**, 6.50" high x 10.37" wide x 1.37" deep flashing LED warning light(s) with chrome trim provided one each side front side of upper body. 114 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL The light(s) to include red flashing LEDs and the warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs. There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. White LEDs will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied. Amber, blue, green and red LEDs may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. The light(s) will have the low intensity mode wire connected to the controlling circuit. WARNING LIGHTS (SIDE) There will be four (4) Whelen LIN3 Super LED lights, Model RS*02ZCR, provided and located in the body rub rails two each side. The color of each light will be red LED with clear lens. Each light will be provided with a chrome plated ABS flange. The light(s) will be activated with the side warning switch. REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6*, LED flashing warning lights will be located at the rear of the apparatus. • The driver's side rear light to be red • The passenger's side rear light to be red Both lights will include a lens that is the same color as the LED's. There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. REAR/SIDE UPPER ZONE WARNING LIGHTS There will be Whelen® LED lights provided at the following locations: There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M9#, LED lights provided at the rear upper bulkhead, facing the rear of the truck: • The driver's side rear light to be red to the outside and amber to the inside with a clear lens. • The passenger's side rear light to be red to the outside and amber to the inside with a clear lens. There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M9**, LED lights provided at the rear side upper corners of the side sheet facing the side of the truck: • The side rear upper light(s) on the driver's side to be red. • The side rear upper light(s) on the passenger's side to be red. The color of the side facing LED light lenses will be warning light lens colors of the side lights shall be the same color as the LEDs and the warning light lens colors of the rear lights shall be clear. 115 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. REAR ZONE UPPER FLASH PATTERN ADJUSTMENT The flash pattern of the two (2) Whelen M9** light(s) located rear facing lights will be adjusted to SignalAlertT"" L/R, pattern number 3. TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT There will be one (1) Whelen® Model TANF65, 39.50" long x 2.37" high x 2.37" deep, amber LED traffic directing light and a brake light installed at the rear of the apparatus. The Whelen Model TACTL5 control head will be included with this installation. The control head will be powered when the battery switch is on. The brake light will be activated with the brake light circuit. The auxiliary flash to be activated when the emergency master switch is on. This traffic directing light will be recessed with a stainless steel trim plate at the rear of the apparatus as high as practical. The traffic directing light controller will be located within the switch panel on the center console. The controller will be within easy reach of the driver. 120 VOLT RECEPTACLE There will be two (2), 15/20 amp 120 volt AC three (3) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s) with interior stainless steel wall plate(s), installed under the tray behind the officer's seat and on the rear wall DS ajacent to the rear seat. The NEMA configuration for the receptacle(s) will be 5-20R. The receptacle(s) will be powered from the shoreline to 120 volt AC power inverter internal transfer sw. There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following: • Line Voltage • Current Ratting (amps) • Phase • Frequency 120 VOLT RECEPTACLE There will be one (1), 15/20 amp 120 volt AC three (3) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s) with interior stainless steel wall plate(s), installed in RS1 with recessed into the wall into the fender well, height to be at the depth change of the compartment. The NEMA configuration for the receptacle(s) will be 5-20R. The receptacle(s) will be powered from the on board 12 volt DC to 120 volt AC power inverter. There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following: • Line Voltage • Current Ratting (amps) 116 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL • Phase • Frequency NFPA LOOSE EQUIPMENT NFPA Required Loose Equipment Provided by Fire Department The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, table 8.1 and CAN/ULC S515:2024 edition, section 5.2 will be provided by the fire department: • One (1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 207, Standard for High Visibility Public Safety Vests, and have a five -point breakaway feature that includes two (2) at the shoulders, two (2) at the sides, and one (1) at the front. • Five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28.00" (711 mm) in height, each equipped with a 6.00" (152 mm) retro-reflective white band no more than 4.00" (152 mm) from the top of the cone, and an additional 4.00" (102 mm) retro-reflective white band 2.00" (51 mm) below the 6.00" (152 mm) band. • Five (5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities. NFPA Loose Equipment That Shall be Considered: The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, appendix table A.8.4 (a) and CAN/ULC S515:2024 edition, section 5.2 should be considered: • 800 ft (60 m) of 2.50" (65 mm) or larger fire hose. • 400 ft (120 m) of 1.50" (38 mm), 1.75" (45 mm), or 2.00" (52 mm) fire hose. • One (1) handline nozzle, 200 gpm (750 L/min) minimum. • Two (2) handline nozzles, 95 gpm (360 L/min) minimum. • One (1) smooth bore or combination nozzle with shutoff and with 2.50" (65 mm) inlet that flows a minimum of 250 gpm (950 L/min). • Four (4) SCBA apparatus • Four (4) SCBA spare cylinders • One (1) first aid kit. • Four (4) combination spanner wrenches. • Two (2) hydrant wrenches. • One (1) double female 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with national hose (NH) threads. • One (1) double male 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with national hose (NH) threads. • One (1) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections. • Two (2) salvage covers each a minimum size of 12 ft x 18 ft (3.7 m x 5.5 m). • One (1) automatic external defibrillator (AED). SOFT SUCTION HOSE There will be no soft suction hose provided. - One (1) extinguisher, 10 pound, CO2 117 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL PAINT PROCESS The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows: 1. Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate. 2. Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment - All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature 3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion. 3. Surfacer Primer - The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a two -component high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded. 4. Finish Sanding - The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultra - smooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat. 5. Sealer Primer - The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two -component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated. 6. Basecoat Paint - Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment. 7. Clear Coat - Two (2) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two -component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll -up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll -up doors will be provided by the roll -up door manufacturer. After the cab and body are painted, the color will be verified to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment will be used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications will be used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading will be used to determine a good color match within each family color. All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and painted separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly. 118 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL The paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) are to meet or exceed Cadillac/General Motors GMW15777 global paint requirements. Orange peel levels are to meet or exceed the #6 A.C.T. standard in critical areas. The manufacture's written paint standards will be available upon request. Environmental Impact Contractor will meet or exceed all current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions: • Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free. • Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on -site to remove any other heavy metals. • Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a 99.99 percent efficiency factor. • Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98 percent. Water wash systems will be 99.97 percent efficient. • Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean. • Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner. • Empty metal paint containers will be recycled to recover the metal. • Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on -site or sent off -site for distillation and returned for reuse. Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his state EPA rules and regulations. TWO-TONE CAB PAINT The cab will be painted two-tone with the upper section painted #267 white and the lower section painted 107. There will be a standard two-tone cab paint break provided. There will be a standard cab shield provided. BODY PAINT The body will be painted to match the lower section of the cab. PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY The chassis frame assembly will be finished with primer and gloss paint to match the lower job color before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc. Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted are: • Frame rails 119 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL • Frame liners • Cross members • Axles • Suspensions • Steering gear • Battery boxes • Bumper extension weldment • Frame extensions • Body mounting angles • Rear Body support substructure (front and rear) • Pump house substructure • Steel fuel tank • Castings • Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint: • Two (2) C-channel frame rails • Two (2) frame liners The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown. AXLE HUB PAINT All axle hubs will be painted to match lower job color. COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT The interior of all compartments will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks. REFLECTIVE STRIPES Two (2) reflective stripes will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body. The reflective band will consist of a 2.00" black stripe at the top with a 1.00" gap, then a 6.00" white stripe on the bottom. The reflective band provided on the cab face will be at the headlight level. REAR CHEVRON STRIPING There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear -facing vertical surface of the apparatus. The rear surface, excluding the rear roll up door will be covered. The colors will be red (tomato red) and black reflective. Each stripe will be 6.00" in width. This will meet the requirements of the current edition of NFPA 1900, which states that 50% of the rear surface will be covered with chevron striping. 120 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL JOG(S) IN REFLECTIVE BAND The reflective band located on each side of the apparatus body will contain one (1) jog(s) and will be angled at approximately a 45 degrees when installed. REFLECTIVE STRIPE OUTLINE A black outline will be applied on the top and the bottom of the reflective band. There will be one (1) set of outline stripes required. CAB DOOR REFLECTIVE STRIPE Reflective striping will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The striping will match what has been provided on the exterior of the unit. This stripe will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards. CAB STRIPE There will be a genuine gold leaf stripe provided on both sides of the cab in place of the chrome molding and on the cab face with shield. LETTERING The lettering will be totally encapsulated between two (2) layers of clear vinyl. LETTERING Twenty-one (21) to forty (40) genuine gold leaf lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided. LETTERING Twenty-one (21) to forty (40) genuine gold leaf lettering, 5.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided. LETTERING There will be reflective lettering, 4.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be 12 letters provided. LETTERING There will be reflective lettering, 14.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be two (2) letters provided. LETTERING There will be genuine gold leaf lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be four (4) letters provided. LETTERING There will be reflective lettering, 5.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be five (5) letters provided. LETTERING There will be reflective lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be 30 letters provided. 121 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL I 1=TT1=P1KM There will be reflective lettering, 16.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be four (4) letters provided. LETTERING There will be reflective lettering, 12.00" high, with no outline or shade provided. There will be six (6) letters provided. LETTERING There will be genuine gold leaf lettering, 8.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be 24 letters provided. MALTESE CROSS INSTALLATION There will be one (1) pair of maltese crosses, comprised of genuine gold leaf material, provided and installed Located on Cab doors. CAB GRILLE DESIGN A muted American flag with a thin red line design will be painted on the cab grille. FIRE APPARATUS PARTS MANUAL There will be one (1) custom parts manual(s) in USB flash drive format for the complete fire apparatus provided. The manual(s) will contain the following: • Job number • Part numbers with full descriptions • Table of contents • Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly • Parts section sorted in alphabetical order • Instructions on how to locate parts Each manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. Service Parts Internet Site The service parts information included in these manuals are also available on the Pierce website. The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly. CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS There will be one (1) chassis service manuals on USB flash drives containing parts and service information on major components provided with the completed unit. The manual will contain the following sections: • Job number 122 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL • Table of contents • Troubleshooting • Front Axle/Suspension • Brakes • Engine • Tires • Wheels • Cab • Electrical, DC • Air Systems • Plumbing • Appendix The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. CHASSIS OPERATION MANUAL The chassis operation manual will be provided on one (1) USB flash drive. ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA0008, is included with this proposal. ENGINE WARRANTY A Cummins five (5) year limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, WA0181, is included with this proposal. STEERING GEAR WARRANTY A Sheppard three (3) year limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with this proposal. FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce custom chassis frame limited warranty certificate, WA0013, is included with this proposal. FRONT AXLE THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY The Pierce TAK-4 suspension limited warranty certificate, WA0050, is included with this proposal. SINGLE REAR AXLE FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A MeritorTm Axle 5 year limited warranty will be provided. ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor WabcoTm ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA0232, is included with this proposal. TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA0012, is included with this proposal. 123 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL TEN (10) YEAR PRO -RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce cab limited pro -rated paint warranty certificate, WA0055, is included with this proposal. FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA0014, is included with this proposal. CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY A Pierce fifty four (54) month warranty will be provided for the camera system. COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY The Pierce 12 volt DC LED strip lights limited warranty certificate, WA0203, is included with this proposal. TRANSMISSION WARRANTY The transmission will have a five (5) year/unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission. Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations. TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY The transmission cooler will carry a five (5) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (3) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed $10,000 per occurrence. A copy of the warranty certificate will be included with this proposal. WATER TANK WARRANTY A UPF poly water tank limited warranty certificate, WA0195, is included with this proposal. TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA0009, is included with this proposal. ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Gortite roll -up door limited warranty will be provided. The mechanical components of the roll -up door will be warranted against defects in material and workmanship for the lifetime of the vehicle. A six (6) year limited warranty will be provided on painted and satin roll up doors. The limited warranty certificate, WA0190, is included with this proposal. SEVEN (7) YEAR PARTS, ONE (1) YEAR LABOR The pump and its components will be provided with a seven (7) year parts and one (1) year labor limited warranty. The manufacturer's warranty will provide that the pump and its components will be free from failures caused by defects in material and workmanship that would arise under normal use and service. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. 124 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL TEN (10) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY The Pierce apparatus plumbing limited warranty certificate, WA0035, is included with this proposal. TEN (10) YEAR PRO -RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce body limited pro -rated paint warranty certificate, WA0057, is included with this proposal. THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The Pierce Goldstar gold leaf lamination limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA0018, is included with this proposal. THREE (3) YEAR EXTENDED The Pierce PUC pump body limited warranty certificate, WA0151, is included with this proposal. THREE (3) YEAR EXTENDED The Pierce custom chassis warranty certificate, WA0061, is included with this proposal. VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 1900, current edition, section 7.14, Vehicle Stability. The certification is included with this proposal. ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery. POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification is included with this proposal. CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below: • SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi -Static Loading Heavy Trucks. • European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29. • SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks. Side Impact The cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a 14,320-lb moving barrier is slammed into the side of the cab at 5.50 mph, striking with an impact of 13,000 ft-lb of force. This test is part of the SAE J2422 test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident. 125 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL Frontal Impact The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 32,600 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier in accordance with SAE J2420. Additional Frontal Impact The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 65,098 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier. (Twice the force required by SAE J2420) Roof Crush The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 22,500 lb. This value meets the ECE 29 criteria, and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten (10) metric tons. Additional Roof Crush The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 110,000 lbs. (Four and a half times the load criteria of ECE 29) The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area. There will be no exception to any portion of the cab integrity certification. Nonconformance will lead to immediate rejection of bid. CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000 cycle door slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE J198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Cab window roll -up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service life. The window regulator design will complete 30,000 complete up -down cycles and still function normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component wear. SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages. The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. 126 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATIONS Cab Air Conditioning Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat -soaked condition at 100 degrees Fahrenheit to an average of 78 degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria. Cab Defroster Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J381 criteria. Cab Auxiliary Heater Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in -transit, or at a scene. An auxiliary cab heater will warm the cab 77 degrees Fahrenheit from a cold -soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J381. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria. AMP DRAW REPORT The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system. The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following: Documentation of the electrical system performance tests. A written load analysis, which will include the following: o The nameplate rating of the alternator. o The alternator rating under the conditions specified per: ■ Current edition of applicable NFPA standards. o The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per: ■ Current edition of applicable NFPA standards. o Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load. o Each individual intermittent load. 127 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards. 128 of 128 FINAL PROPOSAL EXHIBIT B PRICING PROPOSAL [See attached] South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page B-1 PROPOSAL FOR FURNISHING FIRE APPARATUS September 25, 2024ySOUTH,,,dR') COAST City of Newport Beach �:_�` � 100 Civic Center Drive FIRE I I g1 f� �� Newport Beach, CA 92658 l� E The undersigned is prepared to provide for you, our customer, upon an order being placed by you, for final acceptance by South Coast Fire Equipment, Inc., at its corporate office in Corona, California, the apparatus and equipment herein named and for the following prices: Each Extension Four ( 4 ) Pierce 1500 GPM Triple Combination Pumping Engine mounted on a Pierce Enforcer custom chassis $ $ 1,330,199.00 103,090.42 $5,320,796.00 $ 412,361.68 Sales Tax @ 7.750% APPARATUS COST WITH TAX $ 1,433,289.42 $ 5,733,157.68 Performance Bond $ 3,258.99 $ 13,035.95 California Tire Fee $ 10.50 $ 42.00 Consortium Fee Not Applicable $ - $ - TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE $ 1,436,558.91 $ 5,746,235.63 The above proposal price shall be valid until 11/01/24 or extended in writing by South Coast Fire Equipment. If the city provides a purchase order before 11-1-24 and pays the prepayment invoice upon receipt the performance bond cost will be deducted from the final invoice. If the customer so desires to purchase the Product described in the Proposal and the attached specifications, prior to the expiration date listed above, the Customer shall sign and return this proposal. The Customer can then provide their choice of document for entering into the agreement by providing a Purchase Order, or signing a Contract with South Coast Fire Equipment, 3150 Palisades Dr. Corona, CA 82878 as the seller. Payment Terms - Payment is due of the Total Purchase Price at time of delivery. Changes to the specifications since the time of order can be added to the Total Purchase Price or invoiced on a separate invoice. The final sales tax amount will be determined at time of delivery based on the tax rate at that time. A increase or decrease in cost will be reflected on the final invoice. Alternatively, the customer may choose the following pre -paid option below. If the customer would desire to pay for the apparatus within 15 days of the purchase order being accepted Total Purchase Price (including all applicable taxes) would be reduced to $4,896 626.91 . The buyer must make the payment within 15 days to obtain the full discount. Payments not received with in the 15 days are subject to an adjustment to the Total Purchase Price for the prepayment. Said apparatus and equipment are to be built by the manfacturer and shipped in accordance with the specifications hereto attached, delays due to strikes, war or international conflict, failures to obtain chassis, materials, inability to obtain labor, supplies or manufacturing facilities, epidemics, acts of God, or causes beyond our control not preventing, delivery would be 48-50 months after receipt of this order and acceptance thereof at our office in Corona, California, and deliver to you at Newport Beach, CA The specifications herein contained shall form a part of the final contract and are subject to changes desired by the purchaser, provided such alterations are interlined prior to the acceptance by the company of the order to purchase, and provided such alterations do not materially affect the cost of the construction of the apparatus. Persistent Inflationary Environment: If the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing (www.bls.gov Series ID: WPUID6112) ("PPI") has increased at a compounded annual growth rate of 5.0% or more between the month Pierce accepts the order (Order Month") and a month 14 months prior to the then predicted Ready For Pickup date ("Evalution Month"), then pricing may be updated in an amount equal to the increase in PPI over 5.0% for each year or fractional year between the Order Month and the Evaluation Month. The Seller will document any such updated price for the customer's approval before proceeding and provide an option to cancel the order without charge if the updated price is not accepted. Due to global supply chain constraints, any delivery date contained herein is a good faith estimate as of the date of this order/contract, and merely an approximation based on current information. Delivery updates will be made available, and a final firm delivery date will be provided as soon as possible. Force Maieure - South Coast Fire Equipment shall not be responsible nor deemed to be in default on accountof delays in performance due to causes which are beyond the seller's and manufacturer's control and make the seller's performance impracticable, including but not limited to wars, insurrections, strikes, riots, fires, storms, floods, other acts of nature, explosions, earthquakes, accidents, any act of government, delays in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor supplies or manufacturing facilities, allocation regulations or orders affecting materials, equipment, facilities or completed products, failure to obtain any required license or certificates, acts of God or the public enemy or terrorisim, failure of transportation, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, failure of vendors (due to causes similiar to those within the scope of the clause) to perform their contracts or labor troubles causing cessation, slowdow, or interruption of work. The proposal for fire apparatus conforms with all Federal Department of Transportation (DOT) rules and regulations in effect at the time of bid, and with all National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) guidelines for Automotive Fire Apparatus as published at time of bid, except as modified by customer specifications. Any increased costs incurred by the first party because of future changes in or additions to said DOT or NFPA standards will be passed along to the customer as an addition to the price set forth above. Respectfully Submitted, South 96ast Fire Equipment, 7wel1Inc.)K yin M. Ne Sales Representative I"a O l h authorized representative of agrees to purchase the proposed products) and agree to the terms and conditions of this proposal and the specifications hereto attached. Signature: Title: ;° s;' 1. ,.,� r Date: L"/:. I 2o2Y EXHIBIT C WARRANTY [See attached] South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page C-1 - - Fire and Rescue Apparatus One (1) Year Material and Workmanship Basic Apparatus Limited Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: Coverage: Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from Warranty Begins: the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first. Warranty Period Twelve (12) months. Ends After: Conditions and Exclusions: See Also No specific exclusions apply Paragraphs 2 thru 4 This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0008 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. Cummins Warranty Worldwide Fire Apparatus/Crash Trucks Coverage Products Warranted This Warranty applies to new diesel Engines sold by Cummins and delivered to the first user on or after April 1, 2007, that are used in fire apparatus truck and crash truck" applications Worldwide. Base Engine Warranty The Base Engine Warranty covers any failures of the Engine which result, under normal use and service, from a defect in material or factory workmanship (Warrantable Failure). This Coverage begins with the sale of the Engine by Cummins and ends five years or 100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers), whichever occurs first, after the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user. Engine aftertreatment components included in the Cummins Critical Parts List (CPL) and marked with a Cummins part number are covered under Base Engine Warranty. Additional Coverage is outlined in the Emission Warranty section. These Warranties are made to all Owners in the chain of distribution and Coverage continues to all subsequent Owners until the end of the periods of Coverage. Cummins Responsibilities Cummins will pay for all parts and labor needed to repair the damage to the Engine resulting from a Warrantable Failure. Cummins will pay for the lubricating oil, antifreeze, filter elements, belts, hoses and other maintenance items that are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure. Cummins will pay for reasonable labor costs for Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to repair a Warrantable Failure. Cummins will pay reasonable costs for towing a vehicle disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the nearest authorized repair location. In lieu of the towing expense, Cummins will pay reasonable costs for mechanics to travel to and from the location of the vehicle, including meals, mileage and lodging when the repair is performed at the site of the failure. Owner Responsibilities Owner is responsible for the operation and maintenance of the Engine as specified in Cummins Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Owner is also responsible for providing proof that all recommended maintenance has been performed. Before the expiration of the applicable Warranty, Owner must notify a Cummins distributor, authorized dealer or other repair location approved by Cummins of any Warrantable Failure and make the Engine available for repair by such facility. Except for Engines disabled by a Warrantable Failure, Owner must also deliver the Engine to the repair facility. Service locations are listed on the Cummins Worldwide Service Locator at cummins.com. Owner is responsible for the cost of lubricating oil, antifreeze, filter elements and other maintenance items provided during Warranty repairs unless such items are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure. Owner is responsible for communication expenses, meals, lodging and similar costs incurred as a result of a Warrantable Failure. Owner is responsible for non -Engine repairs and for "downtime" expenses, cargo damage, fines, all applicable taxes, all business costs and other losses resulting from a Warrantable Failure. Owner is responsible for a $100 (U.S. Dollars) deductible per each service visit under this plan in the 3rd, 4th and 5th years of Base Engine Warranty. The deductible will not be charged during the first 2 years of the Base Engine Warranty. Limitations Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling; overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating, cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting, warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized modifications of the Engine. Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty. Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water, dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel exhaust fluid. This Warranty does not apply to accessories supplied by Cummins which bear the name of another company. Such non -warranted accessories include, but are not limited to: alternators, starters, fans, air conditioning compressors, clutches, filters, transmissions, torque converters, vacuum pumps, power steering pumps, fan drives and air compressors. Cummins branded alternators and starters are covered for the first two years from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user, or the expiration of the Base Engine Warranty, whichever occurs first. Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption are not covered beyond the duration of the Coverage or 100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) or 7,000 hours from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user, whichever of the three occurs first. Before a claim for excessive oil consumption will be considered, Owner must submit adequate documentation to show that consumption exceeds Cummins published standards. Failures of belts and hoses supplied by Cummins are not covered beyond the first year from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user or the duration of the Warranty, whichever occurs first. Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new Cummins parts, Cummins approved rebuilt parts or repaired parts. Cummins is not responsible for failures resulting from the use of parts not approved by Cummins. A new Cummins or Cummins approved rebuilt part used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the identity of the part it replaced and is entitled to the remaining Coverage hereunder. Cummins Inc. reserves the right to interrogate Electronic Control Module (ECM) data for purposes of failure analysis. CUMMINS DOES NOT COVER WEAR OR WEAROUT OF COVERED PARTS. CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. THIS WARRANTY AND THE EMISSION WARRANTY SET FORTH HEREINAFTER ARE THE SOLE WARRANTIES MADE BY CUMMINS IN REGARD TO THESE ENGINES. CUMMINS MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. This Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. Emission Warranty Products Warranted This Emission Warranty applies to new Engines marketed by Cummins that are used in the United States' in vehicles designed for transporting persons or property on a street or highway. This Warranty applies to Engines delivered to the first user on or after September 1, 1992. Coverage Cummins warrants to the first user and each subsequent purchaser that the Engine is designed, built and equipped so as to conform at the time of sale by Cummins with all U.S. federal emission regulations applicable at the time of manufacture and that it is free from defects in material or factory workmanship which would cause it not to meet these regulations within the longer of the following periods: (A) Five years or 100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) of operation, whichever occurs first, as measured from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user or (B) The Base Engine Warranty. If the vehicle in which the Engine is installed is registered in the state of California, a separate California Emission Warranty also applies. Limitations Failures, other than those resulting from defects in material or factory workmanship, are not covered by this Warranty. Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling; overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating, cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting, warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized modifications of the Engine. Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty. Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water, dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel exhaust fluid. Cummins is not responsible for non -Engine repairs, "downtime" expenses, cargo damage, fines, all applicable taxes, all business costs or other losses resulting from a Warrantable Failure. CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. * Airport operated crash trucks and fire department operated trucks employed to respond to fires, hazardous material releases, rescue and other emergency -type situations. ** United States includes American Samoa, the Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. Cummins Inc. Box 3005 Columbus, IN 47202-3005 U.S.A. Bulletin 3381161 Printed in U.S.A. Rev. 08/09 02001 Cummins Inc. R. H. SHEPPARD CO., INC. 101 Philadelphia St. Hanover, PA 17331 Pierce Manufacturing Inc. 2600 American Drive Appleton, WI 54912 LIMITED WARRANTY: The R. H. Sheppard Co. Inc., ("Sheppard") warrants all M110PKG1 and MI IOSAU1 steering gears manufactured and sold to Pierce Manufacturing Inc. ("Pierce") for application on Pierce TAK-4 equipped vehicles to be free from defects of workmanship and material under normal use and service for a period of thirty six months from the in service date of the vehicle to its original owner. Vehicle applications where Sheppard product is used require an application approval before production build. If Pierce uses Sheppard product for any purpose or application which has not been approved by Sheppard in advance, including afterinarket devices (defined as a device added to the steering system directly or indirectly affecting the performance or operation of the Sheppard product in its approved application) not tested and approved by Sheppard this limited warranty SHALL NOT APPLY AND SHALL BE VOID. SHEPPARD MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. SHEPPARD EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR USE OR PURPOSE WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. SHEPPARD SHALL NOT RE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OR FOR LOSS OR DAMAGE DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING FROM THE USE OF A PRODUCT. Pierce expressly acknowledges its obligation to inform all users (customers) of the above disclaimer. CONDITIONS: Claims under this Limited Warranty may only be made by Pierce. In no event shall Sheppard be held liable for warranty charges by unauthorized persons. No allowance will be made for repairs or alterations, unless made with the written consent of Sheppard. Authorized Pierce dealers shall be the only authorized repair facility for Sheppard products applied to Pierce vehicles. Any warrantable repair made under this Limited Warranty must be made on or before 36 months of the in-service date for the Product to which the claim relates. Sheppard shall not be liable for claims made after such date. Sheppard product fitted to Pierce vehicles that are repaired at a repair facility other than an authorized Pierce dealer within the warranty period will be considered for payment under the guidelines of this agreement only by joint written consideration of Sheppard and Pierce warranty departments. It shall be the responsibility of the Pierce warranty department to notify Sheppard if and when this situation occurs. Sheppard will not be held responsible for damage to other steering components such as but not limited to pumps and reservoirs due to improper adjustment of steering gear relief plungers. Vehicle downtime and towing will not be considered under warranty. REMEDIES: The sole and exclusive remedy of Pierce for Sheppard's breach of the foregoing warranty is limited to the return and repair or reimbursement as follows: R. H. SHEPPARD CO., INC. WARRANTY Pierce Manufacturing Inc. Page 2 Warranty Support: In support of the Pierce dealer network, Sheppard will provide a toll -free "Hotline" service to assist in the diagnosis and troubleshooting of steering problems. The R. H. Sheppard Co., Inc. Field Service Department can be reached at 1-800-274-7437 for assistance. Sheppard will require that Pierce dealers contact this toll -free "Hotline" for approval before product is removed from a vehicle in a warranty situation. When contacted regarding a warranty situation, the Sheppard representative will provide an authorization number for removal of the product. This Returned Goods Authorization (RGA) number must be included in all warranty correspondence and attached to all returned goods. Procedure; In the event of a warranty situation, the servicing dealer shall contact the Sheppard Hotline and receive an RGA number before replacing any steering gear. For Ml IOPKGI and MI IOSAUI steering gear models, the dealer will first obtain an RGA number from Sheppard, and then order the replacement gear from Pierce. Replacement MI IOPKGI and MI l0SAU1 steering gears shall be shipped from Pierce once those models are in full production. A warranty claim for both parts and labor will then be generated by the dealer and sent to Pierce. After reviewing the claim, Pierce will submit into Sheppard for reimbursement. Parts Reimbursement: Sheppard agrees to reimburse Pierce at Pierce's purchase price plus 30% mark-up for parts found to be defective within the warranty period. Parts being returned for warranty consideration shall be sent to the R. H. Sheppard Company, 447 E. Middle St., Hanover, PA 17331 ATTN: Warranty Dept. Sheppard's determination as to whether the part is covered by the foregoing warranty is final and conclusive. Sheppard requires the return of complete steering gears only. Individual seals replaced under warranty should not be returned unless specifically requested by Sheppard. All parts being returned for warranty consideration must be clearly tagged with all pertinent warranty information including, but not limited to (1) Returned Goods Authorization number (RGA),(2) claim number,• (3) date in service,• (4) date of failure-, (5) mileage; (6) Part number,• 7) labor hours; (8) dealer labor rate and; (9)dollar amount claimed. Claims submitted without prior authorization are subject to rejection under this agreement. Labor: Labor to repair Sheppard product found to be defective within the warranty period will be reimbursed at not more than 10 hours per vehicle. Labor shall be reimbursed at the rate of $85.00 USD per hour for Ml IOPGKI and MI IOSAUI steering gears. Freight: Pierce will collect MI IOPGKI and MI I0SAU1 warranty material at a designated collection point. Inbound freight to the Pierce collection point will be the responsibility of Pierce. All warranty material should be returned from the Pierce collection point to R. H. Sheppard Co. Freight Collect by a Sheppard -specified common carrier based on location of the Pierce collection point. Sheppard does not require the return of failed seals. Any freight charges incurred for the return of seals will be the responsibility of Pierce. Parts returned for warranty consideration without prior authorization are subject to rejection under this agreement and may be subject to a charge back of inbound freight charges. Parts rejected under this warranty will be returned to Pierce Freight Collect or scrapped by Sheppard at Pierce's discretion. R. H. SHEPPARD CO., INC. WARRANTY Pierce Manufacturing Inc. Page 3 Outside Purchases: Pierce authorized dealers shall be the only outlet for repair, warranty service and parts for Sheppard products applied to Pierce vehicles. Sheppard will not be responsible for consumables such as hoses, belts, fluids, fittings or miscellaneous shop material that may be required for the repair of the product. Warranty Documentation: Warranty credit memos will be issued monthly to the Pierce Warranty Department. Monthly credit memos will include (1) claim number; (2)-part number; (3) parts reimbursement; (4) labor reimbursement; (5) any applicable Pierce reference number and; (6) reason for rejection or acceptance of the claim. Credit memos will be issued in U.S. funds. Debits for warranty claims will not be accepted under this agreement. Claim disposition will constitute the final and conclusive resolution of warranty claims. Parts Retention: Sheppard will retain parts submitted for warranty consideration for a period of sixty (60) days for any material found to be rejected for warranty. Sheppard will notify Pierce within sixty (60) days of receipt of Sheppard's determination as to whether any such part is covered by this warranty. Warranty reimbursement will be issued within thirty days of receipt of material at Sheppard. Good -Will Requests: Good -Will requests will be considered jointly between Sheppard and Pierce for equitable compensation. RECALLS: Sheppard retains the right to review information regarding federal motor vehicle recall and /or product repair programs if Sheppard products fitted to Pierce vehicles are alleged to be non- compliant with federal motor vehicle safety standards. Sheppard retains the right to review any claims of product defect or non-compliance before participating in reimbursement of expenses incurred as a result of alleged non-compliance or defect of its products. Sheppard agrees to negotiate in good faith for the reimbursement of expenses incurred by Pierce for all administrative, material and labor cost and expense associated with any recall where Sheppard product is found to be defective or non -compliant with federal motor vehicle standards. MISCELLANEOUS: This writing constitutes the full complete and final statement of Sheppard's limited warranty for M110PKG1 and M110SAU1 products sold to Pierce. All prior oral or written correspondence, test data, negotiations, representations, understandings and the like regarding products are merged in this writing and extinguished by it. This limited warranty may not be altered, amended extended or modified except by a writing signed by the President or Vice President of Sheppard. No employee, vendor, dealer, distributor or other representative of Sheppard has authority to make statements to extend, expand, alter or amend the terms of this Limited Warranty. Sheppard expressly disclaims any statements contrary to the Limited Warranty. Sheppard's failure at any time to enforce any of the terms and conditions stated herein shall not constitute a waiver of any provisions herein. This Limited Warranty shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. R. H. SHEPPARD CO., INC. WARRANTY Pierce Manufacturing Inc. Page 4 Any legal actions which may arise as a result of disputes, controversies or claims arising out of or related to this limited warranty shall be in such forum as Sheppard and Pierce shall agree, or, in the absence of agreement, in a court of appropriate jurisdiction other than in the county in which either party is located. This Limited Warranty shall not be assigned by Pierce. COOPERATIVE EFFORT: Sheppard and Pierce agree to work cooperatively toward expanding this warranty coverage to a period of sixty months from the in service date. These cooperative efforts shall focus on examining the effects of increased heat generated by 2007 model engines and its impact on the entire power steering system. AGREEMENT: This agreement is effective April 3, 2006 and may be modified by mutual agreement between Sheppard and Pierce of a signed amendment to be attached to the original Limited Warranty. There are no third party beneficiaries to this Limited Warranty. This warranty agreement applies to Pierce authorized dealers only. It does not encompass any special arrangements that Pierce may now have or that Pierce may enter into, with any other segments of the trucking industry. This warranty agreement does not apply to non -conforming product removed at Pierce assembly plants. This Limited Warranty agreement between the R. H. Sheppard Co., Inc and Pierce Manufacturing Inc. may be terminated by either party with thirty days written notice prior to termination. Signed at Pierce Manufacturing Inc., Appleton, WI this R. H. SHEPPARD CO., INC. Authorized Signature Title day of 2006. PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC. Authorized Signature Title Lifetime Fifty (50) Year Structural Integrity Custom Chassis Frame Limited Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: Custom chassis frame rail manufactured by Pierce shall be Coverage: free from defects in material and workmanship The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the Warranty Begins: product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Fifty (50) Years Ends After: (Expected Life of Apparatus) Conditions and Exclusions: This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. See Also Paragraphs 2 thru 4 This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0013 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose forwhich it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. Fire and Rescue Apparatus Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship TAK-4 Independent Front Suspension z4aawd z"waf 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the fallowing warranty to the Buyer: The TAKA Front Independent Suspension and Steering Coverage: Gears shall be free from defects in material and workmanship. The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the Warranty Begins: product ships from the factory). Three (3) Years Warranty Period Ends After: 30000 Miles , 30 Conditions and Exclusions: This limited warranty excludes brake pads, brake rotors, seal See Also boots and shock absorbers. Paragraphs 2 thru 4 This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 12/16/2013 WA0050 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, 9 any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or dot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -lime, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Band, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. ,. Fire and Rescue Apparatus 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the purchaser who first puts the product in service ("Buyer"): Coverage: The Meritor axle shall be covered by Meritor as indicated in the attached Meritor warranty coverage description Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Five (5) Years Ends After. Conditions and Exclusions: The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor warranty See Also description shall apply. Paragraphs 2 thru 4 This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 6/29/2020 WA0384 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, Flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, Fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. INS' M, IERC, S n H 1 -ER PP. / o NTN' COVERAGE FOR THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA MODEL YEAR 2024 VEHICLES ��o WARRANTY INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS EFFECTIVE MODEL YEAR 2024 VEHICLES Linehaul....................................................................................................... 3 GeneralService........................................................................................... 6 Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle.................................................................. 9 Fire and Emergency................................................................................... 12 TransitBus................................................................................................ 14 Off -highway Service................................................................................... 15 Termsand Conditions................................................................................ 17 How to Read Warranty Coverage Mileage (in thousands) P = Parts Only Number of Years Unl = Unlimited P&L = Parts and Labor Notice: Models or components that are approved for use by Cummins-Meritor's vocational guidelines contained in Cummins-Meritor publication TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles and TP-12126 for drivelines, or any other products that have an application approval completed with Cummins-Meritor which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P). Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P). Advantage Program Purchasing additional coverage on select components will continue to safeguard your investment against major repair costs after the initial base coverage expires. You can find out more about the Advantage Program by visiting meritor.com or by contacting Cummins-Meritor at 866-OnTraci (866-668-7221). 2 LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION Vocational Definition of Linehaul ■ Long distance hauling of food, goods and finished materials ■ Not included are raw ferrous materials, minerals (except oil), sand, gravel, stone, rocks, topsoil, waste or logs ■ Linehaul includes turnpike and hub & spoke Linehaul Vehicles ■ Auto Hauler' ■ Doubles ■ Grain Hauler' ■ Pipe Hauler ■ Bulk Hauler' ® Flatbed ■ Livestock Hauler ■ Refrigerated Freight ■ Chip Hauler'-2 ■ General Freight ■ Moving Van ■ Tanker' Cummins-Meritor classifies these vehicle types as high center of gravity, which require special axle housing considerations. z Chip Hauler vehicles require specific axle models listed below and Linehaul condition to be eligible for Linehaul warranty consideration. ■ Triples Linehaul Typically is: Coverage under Cummins-Meritor's warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant ■ High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 ■ Greater than 30 miles between starts and stops for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines ■ Maximum grades of 12% and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific ■ Well maintained highways of concrete or asphalt construction application approval questions on any product line. (100% on -road) ■ Category A job sites, terminals, docks and transfer sites (defined as pavement, concrete or maintained and hard packed gravel). Note: Category B job sites, terminals, docks, transfer sites (defined as loose or unmaintained sand, dirt or gravel; landfill; farm field; mud; or other similar surfaces) are NOT approved for certain linehaul axle models, Front Non -Drive Steer Axles - 5/750/P&L FD-965 MFS-10-144A-N MFS-12-143A-N MFS-13B-132B-N MFS-14G-132B-N FF-941 MFS-12-122A-N MFS-12E-143A-N MFS-13B-132C-N MFS-14-132C-N FF-942 MFS-12-122B-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-14-122A-N MFS-14F-132C-N FF-943 MFS-12-122C-N MFS-13-122A-N MFS-14-122B-N MFS-14G-132C-N FF-944 MFS-12E-122A-N MFS-13-122B-N MFS-14F-122E-N MFS-14-142B-N FF-961 MFS-12E-122B-N MFS-13-122C-N MFS-14G-122E-N MFS-14F-142B-N FF-966 MFS-12E-122C-N MFS-13-132B-N MFS-14-122C-N MFS-14G-142B-N FF-967 MFS-12-124A-N MFS-13-132C-N MFS-14F-122C-N MFS-14-142C-N FG-941 MFS-12-132B-N MFS-13-143A-N MFS-14G-122C-N MFS-14F-142C-N FG-943 MFS-12-132C-N MFS-13-144A-N MFS-14-124A-N MFS-14G-142C-N MFS-10-122A MFS-12E-132E-N MFS-13B-122B-N MFS-14-132B-N MFS-14-143A-N MFS-10-143A-N MFS-12E-132C-N MFS-13B-122C-N MFS-14F-132E-N MFS-14-144A-N Rear Drive Single Axles - 5/750/P&L MS-19-14X MS-23-17H'.2 RS-23-160 RS-23-185 RS-21-160 MS-23-17X2 RS-23-161 RS-23-186 Not approved for use in any Category B job sites, terminals, docks or transfer sites. z Recommend 11 mm minimum wall thickness for these models used in combination with high center of gravity vehicles and trailing arm suspensions or vehicles operating mainly in Canada. 3 LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles - 5/750/P&L RT-40-160/P',' RZ-166' MA-40-17H' MT-34-14X/P' MT-40-14X/P^ RT-46-160/P'-' RT-50-160/P'-' RZ-188 MT-40-14T/P MT-40-14H/E3,^ RT-46-164/P',' MA-40-165 MA-40-175 MT-40-14X/P' These models required for Chip Hauler and Linehaul warranty consideration. z Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. s Not approved for use in any Category B job sites, terminals, docks or transfer sites. " Recommend 11 mm minimum wall thickness for these models used in combination with high center of gravity vehicles and trailing arm suspensions or vehicles operating mainly in Canada. Trailer Axles' Beam and Brackets 5/500/P, 1/100/L TPX3000 Axle Series' 10/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Wheel End Systems' Standard System' 1/100/P&L AxlePak5 5/Unl/P&L AxlePak75 7/Unl/P&L For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. z Structural components only excluding spindle wear. Spindle wear is 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. 3 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings —all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. ^ When installed by Cummins-Meritor. 5 When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on Meritor Tire Inflation System (MTIS) thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. TAG/Pusher Axles' TO, TR Beam and Brackets 5/750/P&L ' For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. Trailer Mechanical Suspension Systems' IMS40 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension —Tandem)' 1/Unl/P&L IMS20 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension — Single)' 1/Unl/P&L For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. z All other suspension components refer to appropriate manufacturer's warranty, Trailer Air Suspension Systems MPA40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)' Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L Curbing Damage Warranty' 5/500/P, 1/100/L Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/1001 Bushings 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L PinLoc Air Controls 1/100/P&L PinLoc Actuator 3/300/P&L MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram) Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L Bushings 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L MTA and MTA-Tech Trailing Arm Suspension System Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L Bushings 5/500/P, 3/3001 Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L Lift Kit System 1/100/P&L Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Cummins- Meritor (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) z "Curbing damage" is defined as deformation (bending, buckling or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding sub -frame consisting of the frame rails, cross -members and central A -frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage. Damage to other components or resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferable to another trailer VIN and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped or otherwise not salvageable. 4 LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION Brake Components Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 5/500/P,1/100/L Q+ Drum Brake" 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L ASA 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel -End Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P STEELite X30 Drum Brake-' 12-Years or Wearable Life/P EX+ L and EX+LS Air Disc Brake-' 5/500/P, 1/Unl/L EX+L Air Disc Brake Extended Standard Warranty3-" 5/500/P&L For Trailer only, 3/300/P against rust jacking when equipped with Platinum Shield III. z Based on stamped wear diameter max. 3 Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/200/1'. Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P. ^ Applies only to calipers using friction: MA9300 (EX225LXXXCGXXX). Drivelines RPL 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/P&L 92N 1/Unl/P Meritor Tire Inflation System (MTIS) MTIS Components 5/Unl/P,1/Unl/L 5 GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION General Service Vehicles ■ Auto Hauler ■ Beverage Truck ■ Bulk Hauler ■ Chip Hauler ■ Cross Country Coach ■ Flatbed ■ Front Engine Commercial Chassis ■ Front Engine Integral Coach ■ General Freight ■ Grain Hauler ■ Intercity Coach ■ Intermodal Chassis ■ Livestock Hauler ■ Meat Packer ■ Moving Van General Service Typically Is: ■ Typically, moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles/year) ■ An average of 3 to 30 miles between starts and stops ■ Maximum grades of 12% ■ Generally, on -road service (less than 10% off -road allowed) ■ Category A job sites, terminals, docks and transfer sites (defined as pavement, concrete or maintained and hard packed gravel) or Category B job sites, terminals, docks and transfer sites (defined as loose or unmaintained sand, dirt or gravel; landfill; farm field; mud, or other similar surfaces) ■ Municipal Truck ■ School Bus ■ Newspaper Delivery ■ Stake Truck ■ Pick -Up and Delivery ■ Tanker ■ Pipe Hauler ■ Tanker Trailer ■ Platform Auto Hauler ■ Tour Bus ■ Rear Engine Integral Coach ■ Wrecker ■ Recreational Vehicles ■ Refrigerated Freight Coverage under Cummins-Meritor's warranty require that the application of products he properly approved pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. Front Non -Drive Steer Axles - 2/Unl/P&L FD-965 MFS-7-113C-N MFS-12-132C-N MFS-14G-122B-N MFS-16-122A-N FF-941 MFS-7-153C-N MFS-12E-132C-N MFS-14-122C-N MFS-16-133A-N FF-942 MFS-7-163C-N MFS-12-143A-N MFS-14F-122C-N MFS-16-135A-N FF-943 MFS-8-113B-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-14G-122C-N MFS-16-143A-N FF-944 MFS-8-143A-N MFS-12E-143A-N MFS-14-124A-N MFS-18-133A-N FF-946 MFS-8-15313-N MFS-13-122A-N MFS-14-132B-N MFS-18-135A-N FF-961 MFS-8-163B-N MFS-13-122B-N MFS-14F-132B-N MFS-18-193A-N FF-966 MFS-10-122A MFS-13B-122B-N MFS-14G-132B-N MFS-20-133A-N FF-967 MFS-10-143A-N MFS-13-122C-N MFS-14-132C-N MFS-20-135A-N FG-941 MFS-10-144A-N MFS-13B-122C-N MFS-14F-132C-N MFS-20-192A-N FH-941 MFS-12-122A-N MFS-13-132B-N MFS-14G-132C-N MFS-20-193A-N FH-946' MFS-12E-122A-N MFS-13-132C-N MFS-14-142B-N MFS-22-135A-N FL-941 MFS-12-122B-N MFS-13B-132B-N MFS-14F-142E-N MFS-22H-135A-N FL-943 MFS-12E-122B-N MFS-13B-132C-N MFS-14G-142B-N MFS-22-193A-N MFS-6-151A-N MFS-12-122C-N MFS-13-143A-N MFS-14-142C-N MFS-22H-193A-N MFS-6-153B-N MFS-12E-122C-N MFS-13-144A-N MFS-14F-142C-N MFS-6-162B-N MFS-12-124A-N MFS-14-122A-N MFS-14G-142C-N MFS-6-153C-N MFS-12-132B-N MFS-14-122B-N MFS-14-143A-N MFS-6-162C-N MFS-12E-132B-N MFS-14F-122B-N MFS-14-144A-N ' Can also be used with reduced steer angles in tag position in Coach applications. 6 GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION Rear Drive Single Axles - 2/Unl/P&L MS-17-13X MS-21-14X RC-23-162' RS-23-186 MS-26-616-SP MS-17-14X MS-23-17X RC-23-165' RS-24-160 RS-30-185 MS-19-13X RS-21-160 RS-23-160 RC-25-160 MS-30-616 MS-19-14X RC-23-160 RS-23-161 RS-26-185 MS-30-616-SP MS-21-13X RC-23-161 RS-23-185 MS-26-616 RS-35-380 ' 3/Unl/P&L if Preset by Cummins-Meritor Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles - 2/Unl/P&L MT-34-14X/P MT-44-14X/P RT-52-185' MT-70-380 MT-40-14T/P RT-46-169 MT-58-616 RZ-188 MT-40-14X/P MT-52-616 RT-58-185' Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem - 3/Unl/P&L RT-40-160/P RT-46-160/P RT-46-164/P Rear Drive Axles-1/Unl/P&L RND-14H RND-16A Brake Components Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes' 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Cam P' 2/200/P Cam 3/Unl/P Q+ Drum Brake 3/Unl/P&L Q+ Drum Brake'" .2 2/200/P&L ASA 3/Unl/P ASA' 2/200/P Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel -End Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P STEELite X30 Drum Brake-1 12-Years or Wearable Life/P EX+ Air Disc Brake" 2/Unl/P&L For Trailer only, 3/300/P against rust jacking when equipped with Platinum Shield III or Chassis Protect. z Applies to Tour Bus and Cross Country Coach only. 3 Based on stamped wear diameter max. ° Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/200/R Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/1. RT-50-160/P RZ-166 Drivelines RPL 4/400/P, 1/Unl/P&L MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/P&L 92N 1/Unl/P PTO-1/Unl/P&L MPT-170 MPT-185 MPT-500 MPT-1702 MPT-180 MPT-309 MPT-518 7 GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION Trailer Axles' Beam and Brackets' 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L TPX4000 Axle Series' 10/Unl/P,1/Unl/L Wheel End Systems^ Standard Systems 1/Unl/P&L AxlePak5 5/Unl/P&L AxlePak76 7/Unl/P&L AxlePakl 0' 10/Unl/P&L For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. z 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P,1/Unl/L 3 Structural components only excluding spindle wear. Spindle wear 5/Unl/P,1/Unl/L. Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings —all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. When installed by Cummins-Meritor. a When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on Meritor Tire Inflation System (MTIS) thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. 7 AxlePak10 is limited to Intermodal Chassis applications equipped with TPX4000 series axles. TAG/Pusher Axles' TO, TR Beam and Brackets 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L MC14002, MC16003, FH946' 2/Unl/P&L ' For brake components coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 3/Unl/P&L if sold with Preset by Cummins-Meritor. Meritor Tire Inflation System (MTIS) MTIS Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Trailer Mechanical Suspension Systems' IMS40 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension — Tandem)' 1/Unl/P&L IMS20 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension — Single)' 1/Unl/P&L For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. z All other suspension components refer to appropriate manufacturer's warranty. Trailer Air Suspension Systems' MPA40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)' Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P,1/Unl/L Curbing Damage Warranty' 5/500/P, 1/100/L Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Bushings 5/P, 3/L PinLoc Air Controls 1/Unl/P&L PinLoc Actuator 3/Unl/P&L MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram) Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L Air Springs and Rebound Straps 2/Unl/P,1/Unl/L Bushings 5/P, 31 MTA and MTA-Tech Trailing Arm Suspension System Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Bushings' 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L Lift Kit System 1/Unl/P&L For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. z Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Cummins- Meritor. 3 "Curbing damage" is defined as deformation (bending, buckling or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding sub -frame, consisting of the frame rails, cross -members and central A -frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage. Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferable to another trailer VIN and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped or otherwise not salvageable. " Raw wood applications 3/ ON,1/Unl/L 8 HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIALTY VEHICLE WARRANTY INFORMATION Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicles ■ Airport Rescue Fire Fighting (ARFF) ■ Airport Shuttle' ■ Asphalt Truck ■ Block Truck ■ Bottom Dump Trailer Combination ■ Cementing Vehicle ■ Commercial Pick -Up ■ Concrete Pumper ■ Construction Material Hauler ■ Mixer ■ Demolition ■ Drill Rig ' Commercial chassis only ■ Dump ■ Equipment Hauling ■ Flatbed Trailer Hauler ■ Flatbed Truck ■ Fracturing Truck ■ Front Loader ■ Geophysical Exploration ■ Hopper Trailer Combinations ■ Landscaping Truck ■ Liquid Waste Hauler ■ Log Hauling ■ Lowboy ■ Michigan Special Gravel Train ■ Michigan Special Log Hauler ■ Michigan Special Steel Hauler ■ Michigan Special Waste Vehicle ■ Municipal Dump ■ Rear Loader (Refuse) ■ Recycling Truck ■ Residential Pick -Up (Refuse) ■ Rigging Truck ■ Roll -Off ■ Scrap Truck ■ Semi -End Dump ■ Sewer/Septic Vacuum ■ Shuttle Bus' ■ Side Loader ■ Snowplow/Snowblower ■ Steel Hauling ■ Tanker ■ Tank Truck ■ Tractors with Pole Trailers ■ Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps ■ Transfer Dump ■ Transfer Vehicle ■ Utility Truck ■ Winch Truck Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle Coverage under Cummins- Meritor's warranty require that Typically Is: the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 ■ Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles per year) for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines ■ On/off-road vocations (10% or more off -road) and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific ■ Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) application approval questions on any product line. ■ An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Front Non -Drive Steer Axles - 2/Unl/P&L FD-965 MFS-7-113C-N MFS-12E-132C-N MFS-14G-122B-N MFS-16-122A-N FF-941 MFS-7-153C-N MFS-12-143A-N MFS-14-122C-N MFS-16-133A-N FF-942 MFS-7-163C-N MFS-12-144A-N MFS-14F-122C-N MFS-16-135A-N FF-943 MFS-8-113B-N MFS-12-155 MFS-14G-122C-N MFS-16-143A-N FF-944 MFS-8-153B-N MFS-13-122 MFS-14-124A-N MFS-18-133A-N FF-946 MFS-8-163B-N MFS-13-122B-N MFS-14-132B-N MFS-18-135A-N FF-961 MFS-10-122A MFS-13B-122B-N MFS-14F-132B-N MFS-18-192A-N FF-966 MFS-10-143A-N MFS-13-122C-N MFS-14G-132E-N MFS-18-193A-N FF-967 MFS-10-144A-N MFS-13B-122C-N MFS-14-132C-N MFS-20-133A-N FG-941 MFS-12-122 MFS-13-132B-N MFS-14F-132C-N MFS-20-135A-N FG-943 MFS-12E-122 MFS-13B-132B-N MFS-14G-132C-N MFS-20-192A-N FH-941 MFS-12-122B-N MFS-13-132C-N MFS-14-142B-N MFS-20-193A-N FH-946 MFS-12E-122B-N MFS-13B-132C-N MFS-14F-142B-N MFS-22-135A-N FL-941 MFS-12-122C-N MFS-13-143A-N MFS-14G-142B-N MFS-22H-135A-N FL-943 MFS-12E-122C-N MFS-13-144A-N MFS-14-142C-N MFS-22-193A-N MFS-6-151A-N MFS-12-124A-N MFS-13-155 MFS-14F-142C-N MFS-22H-193A-N MFS-6-153B MFS-12-132B-N MFS-14-122 MFS-14G-142C-N RF-16-145 MFS-6-162B MFS-12E-132B-N MFS-14-122B-N MFS-14-143A-N RF-21-160 MFS-6-162C MFS-12-132C-N MFS-14F-122B-N MFS-14-144A-N 9 HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIALTY VEHICLE WARRANTY INFORMATION Front Drive Steer Axles - 2/Unl/P&L MX-10-120 MX-12-120 EVO MX-16-120 MX-10-120 EVO MX-14-120 MX-18-120 MX-12-120 MX-14-120 EVO MX-17-140 Front Drive Steer Axles - 1/Unl/P&L MX-08-130-FV (FSD-08A) MX-10-130-FV (FSD-10A) MX-12-130-FV (FSD-12A) MX-13-130-FV (FSD-13A) MX-14-130-FV (FSD-14A) MX-16-130-FV (FSD-16A) MX-18-130-FV (FSD-18A) MX-18-130-SD (SDA-1800) Rear Drive Axles - 2/Unl/P&L MX-19-140 MX-21-140 MX-21-160 MX-20-130-FV (FSD-20A) MX-21-130-FV (FSD-21A) MX-21-130-SD (SDA-2100) MX-23-130-FV (FSD-23A) MX-23-160 MX-23-810 MX-23-130-SD (SDA-2300) MS-17-14X RH-23-160 RS-23-186/380 MS-26-616-SP RS-30-185/380 MS-19-14X RS-23-160 RS-24-160 RS-26-185/380 MS-35-380 MS-21-14X RC-23-161 RC-25-160 RC-26-633 RS-38-380 RS-21-160 RS-23-161 RS-25-160 MS-30-616 MT-58-616 RC-23-160 RS-23-185 MS-26-616 MS-30-616-SP MT-58-616-SP Rear Drive Axles-1/Unl/P&L RND-14H RND-16A Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles - 2/Unl/P&L MT-34-14X/P MT-44-14X/P MT-52-616 MT-58-616 RT-70-380 MT-40-14T/P RT-46-169 MT-52-616-SP MT-58-616-SP MT-70-380 MT-40-14X/P RT-58-160 RT-52-185/3801,2 RT-58-185/3801,2 RZ-188 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Cummins-Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. z Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details, Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem - 3/Unl/P&L RT-40-160/P/A3 RT-46-160/P/A'-3 RT-46-164/P2-3 RT-50-160/P/A3 RZ-166 U.S. only, Canadian warranty=1/Unl/P for combination vehicles only, z Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles, Contact Cummins-Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 3 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build, All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. PTO - 1/Unl/P&L MPT-170 MPT-185 MPT-500 MPT-1702 MPT-180 MPT-309 MPT-518 10 HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIALTY VEHICLE WARRANTY INFORMATION Drivelines RPL 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/P&L 92N 1/Unl/P&L MXL 1/Unl/P&L Transmission-1/Unl/P&L FAT 30 Brake Components Cam P 3/Unl/P Cam P 2/100/P Cam Cast Plus'"" 2/100/P&L Q+ Drum Brake" 3/Unl/P&L Q+ Drum Brake"2 2/100/P&L ASA 3/Unl/P ASA2 2/100/P Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel -End Components3 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P EX+ Air Disc Brake' 2/100/P&L For Trailer only, 3/300/P against rust jacking when equipped with Platinum Shield III. z Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only. 3 Based on stamped wear diameter max. " Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/100/P. Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P. Gearboxes - 1/Unl/P&L MGX-402 MGX-450 MGX-466 MGX-423 MGX-451 MGX-479 Transfer Cases-1/Unl/P MTC-2212-CV (306) MTC-3106-FV (TC-137) MTC-3111 (T-2111) MTC-3112-CV (548C) MTC-3116 (T-2111 through -shaft) MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 and TC-180-23) MTC-3118-CV (358) MTC-3120-FV (TC-143) Trailer Axles' Beam and Brackets2 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L Wheel End Systems3 Standard System" 1/Unl/P&L For brake components coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. z 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L 3 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings —all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. " When installed by Cummins-Meritor. Trailer Air Suspension Systems' MTA and MTA-Tech Trailing Arm Suspension System Major Structural Components' 5/500/P, 1/100/L Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L Bushings' 5/500/P, 3/300/L Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L Lift Kit System 1/100/P&L ' For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P,1/Unl/L Meritor Tire Inflation System (MTIS) MTIS Components MTC-3124 (T-2119) MTC-3203 MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/RTC-25) MTC-3206-FV (TC-237) MTC-3206-CS (544) MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50) MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/RTC-60) MTC-3212-CV (315 and 548B) MGX-538 MTC-3312-FV (TC-270) MTC-3220-FC (TC-142) MTC-4206-FV (TC-38) MTC-4208 MTC-4210 MTC-4213 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L 11 FIRE AND EMERGENCY WARRANTY INFORMATION Fire and Emergency Vehicles ■ Aerial Ladder Truck ■ Ambulance ■ Crash Fire Rescue Rapid Intervention ■ Tanker ■ Aerial Platform ■ Command Vehicle ■ Pumper Vehicle (RIV) Fire and Emergency Typically Is: g y yP y Coverage under Cummins-Meritor'swarranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. ■ Lower mileage operations (less than 20,000 miles/year) Refer to TP-9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines ■ Generally, on -road service (less than 10% off -road) and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific ■ An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping application approval questions on any product line. Front Non -Drive Steer Axles - 5/Unl/P&L FL-941 MFS-18-135A-N MFS-20-135A-N MFS-22H-135A-N FL-943 MFS-18-193A-N MFS-20-193A-N MFS-22-193A-N MFS-18-133A-N MFS-20-133A-N MFS-22-135A-N MFS-22H-193A-N Front Drive Steer Axles - 2/Unl/P&L MX-19-140 MX-21-140 MX-21-160 MX-23-160 MX-23-810 Rear Drive Single Axles - 5/Unl/P&L RC-23-160 RS-23-185 RS-23-160 RS-23-186 RS-23-161 RS-24-160 ' 2/Unl/P&L if Preset by Cummins- Meritor. RC-25-160 RS-35-185' RS-26-185 RS-25-160 RS-30-185 Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles - 5/Unl/P&L MT-40-14X/P RT-46-160/P RT-50-160/P MT-58-616 RT-40-160/P RT-46-164/P MT-52-616 RT-58-185' MT-44-14X/P RT-46-169 RT-52-185' MT-70-3802 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. 2 2/Unl/P&L Transfer Cases-1/Unl/P MTC-2212-CV (306) MTC-3106-FV (TC-137) MTC-3111 (T-2111 through -shaft) MTC-3112-CV (548C) MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 and TC-180-23) MTC-3118-CV (358) MTC-3120-FV (TC-143) MTC-3124 (T-2119) MTC-3206-FV (TC-237) MTC-3206-CS (544) MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50) MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/RTC-60) MTC-3212-CV (315 and 5486) MTC-3312-FV (TC-270) MTC-3220-FC (TC-142) MTC-4206-FV (TC-38) MTC-4208 MTC-4210 MTC-4213 12 FIRE AND EMERGENCY WARRANTY INFORMATION Drake Components Drivelines Cam 3/Unl/P RPL Q+ Drum Brake'"" 3/Unl/P&L MXL ASA 3/Unl/P 92N Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel -End Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P EX+ Air Disc Brake' 2/Unl/P&L Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/200/P. Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P. PTO—1/Unl/P&L MPT-170 MPT-185 MPT-500 MPT-1702 MPT-180 MPT-309 MPT-518 4/400/P,1/Unl/L 3/350/P, 1/Unl/L 1/Unl/P 13 TRANSIT BUS WARRANTY INFORMATION Transit Bus Vehicles ■ Airport Shuttle ■ Commuter Coach ® Transit Bus Trolley ® City Bus ® Shuttle Bus Transit Bus Typically Is: ■ Moderate mileage operation (less than 50,000 miles per year) ® Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) Coverage under Cummins-Meritor's warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. Front Non -Drive Steer Axles - 5/300/P&L FH-946 FH-941' MFS-12-155 MFS-13-155 ' Commuter coach only — 2/Unl/P&L Rear Drive Single Axles - 5/300/P&L RS-23-160 71163 RC-23-162' RC-23-161 79163 RC-23-165' ' Commuter coach only— 2/Unl/P&L Tag Axles - 2/Unl/P&L MC-14002 MC-16003 FH-946 Center Non -drive Axles - 5/300/P&L MC-26000 71063 79063 Gearboxes - 1/Unl/P&L MGX-450 MGX-451 MGX-538 Brake Components Cam Cast Plus'" 2/100/P&L Q+ Drum Brake'"' 2/100/P&L ASA' 2/100/P Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel -End Components 1/Unl/P All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P EX+ Air Disc Brake 2/100/P&L Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only. s Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/100/P. Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P. RS-21-160 Drivelines RPL 92N MXL 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L 1/Unl/P&L 1/Unl/P&L 14 OFF -HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION Industrial and Off -Highway Service Vehicles ■ Load-On/Load-Off ® Trailer Spotter ■ Material Handling ■ Fertilizer Spreader ■ Port Tractor ® Yard Jockey o Specialized Heavy ■ Snow Blower ■ Rail Yard Spotter ® All and Rough Haul ■ Mining and ■ Roll-On/Roll-Off Terrain Cranes ® Excavator Specialized Mining ■ Stevedoring Tractor ■ Forestry ® Compactor ■ Rail Car Mover Industrial and Off -Highway Service Typically Is: e Loader ■ Tow Tractor ■ Pushback Tractor ■ Low mileage operation Coverage under Cummins-Meritor's warranty require that the ■ Low speed vehicle speed restriction application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and ■ Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use Cummins-Meritor approvals. Contact Cummins-Meritor regarding ■ Six (6) starts/stops per mile (typical) specific application approval questions on any product line. Front Non -Drive Steer Axles-1/Unl/F FF - 941 FG - 941 FN - 951 MFS-20-192A-N MFS-22-193A-N FF - 943 FG - 943 FS-25 MFS-20-193A-N MFS-22H-193A-N FF - 961 FL - 941 MFS-20-133A-N MFS-22-135A-N MON-ZO FAMILY FF - 966 FL - 943 MFS-20-135A-N MFS-22H-135A-N Rear Drive Axles-1/Unl/P MT-14X' - RS-23-380 RS-30-185 R T -145' RS-23-186 RS-24-160 RS-30-380 RT-160' ' 2/Unl/P for 1-0/1-0 Terminal Tractor applications Planetary Axles-1/Unl/P MOB MOE MOH MOT MOC MOF MOR MOX MOD MOG MOS MOY Gearboxes - 1/Unl/P&L MGX-402 MGX-450 MGX-466 MGX-538 MGX-423 MGX-451 MGX-479 PTO - 1/Unl/P&L MPT-170 MPT-185 MPT-500 MPT-1702 MPT-180 MPT-309 MPT-518 MOZ 15 OFF -HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION Transfer Cases-1/Unl/P MTC-2212-CV (306) MTC-3106-FV (TC-137) MTC-3111 (T-2111 through -shaft) MTC-3112-CV (548C) MTC-3116 (T-2111) Drivelines-1/Unl/P MXL MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 and TC-180-23) MTC-3118-CV (358) MTC-3120-FV (TC-143) MTC-3124 (T-2119) MTC-3206-FV (TC-237) Transmission-1/Unl/P&L FAT 30 Brake Components Cam 3/Unl/P Q+ Drum Brake"" 3/Unl/P&L ASA 3/Unl/P Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel -End Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50) MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/RTC-60) MTC-3220-FC (TC-142) 16 TERMS AND CONDITIONS Coverage Exclusions Product Description All The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered component (1) associated with noise; (2) resulting from the use or installation of non -genuine Cummins-Meritor components or materials; (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) damage resulting from corrosion. For axle assemblies supplied by Cummins-Meritor with suspension and interface brackets designed and/or attached by non- Cummins-Meritor parties, Cummins-Meritor warranty coverage does not apply to the brackets, bracket attachment methods and field issues caused by brackets or bracket attachments to any covered component unless specified in a separate OEM agreement. Front Axles' Linehaul — King Pin Bushings 1yr/Unl P&L All Other Vocations — King Pin Bushings Excluded ' King Pin Bushing wear excluded for all vocations. Rear Axles Self-contained traction equalizers and oil filters. The use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton. ASA Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over -torqued, missing or otherwise damaged pawl assemblies. Cam Brake Brake lining wear and brake shoe "rust -jacking." Disc Brake Pad wear, rotor wear. Coverage Limitations Product Description All Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P). Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,850 lb-ft engine torque and over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact your Cummins-Meritor representative for specific details. Front Axles Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Cummins-Meritor. Rear Axles Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is installed by Cummins-Meritor. If yoke is not installed by Cummins- Meritor, then Cummins-Meritor does not warrant pinion seals. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Cummins-Meritor. Rear Axles The Cummins-Meritor breather part number A-2297-C-8765 with A-3196-J-1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential warranty consideration relating to contamination and/or loss of lube in axles. Cam Brake Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity. STEELite X30 Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum. Terms and Conditions (1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty? Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC warrants to the owner ("Owner") that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer ("OEM") as original equipment in vehicles licensed for on -highway use, will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins only after the expiration of the OEM's vehicle warranty for the applicable covered components. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner or the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed elsewhere in this warranty statement. Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component. Components (whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty, For certain components, coverage requires the use of specific extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants. For further information about lubrication and maintenance, see Cummins-Meritor publication Maintenance Manual Number I and the applicable Cummins-Meritor maintenance manual for the product in question. Other conditions and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed below. 17 TFIRMS AND CONDITIONS (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Cummins-Meritor through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Cummins-Meritor components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service date, This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with Cummins-Meritor directly. Failure to notify Cummins- Meritor of (1) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (11) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in-service date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify Cummins- Meritor as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to Cummins-Meritor or through the OEM new truck and/ or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under Cummins-Meritor's warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty. (4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (1) improper installation, adjustment, repair or modification (including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle's configuration, usage or vocation from that which was originally approved by Cummins- Mentor), (II) accident, natural disaster, abuse or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the axle and/or driveline capacity) or (III) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from approved lubricants, change intervals or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not branded by Cummins-Meritor. For vehicles that operate full or part time outside of the United States and Canada, a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) will apply. (5) Remedy The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at Cummins-Meritor's option. Cummins-Meritor reserves the right to require that all applicable failed materials are available and/or returned to Cummins-Meritor for review and evaluation. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE. (7) Limitation of Remedies In no event shall Cummins-Meritor be liable for special, incidental, indirect or consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory, including, but not limited to, towing, downtime, lost productivity, cargo damage, taxes or any other losses or costs resulting from a defective covered component. (8) To Obtain Service If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either Cummins-Meritor or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or authorized Cummins-Meritor service location. The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Cummins-Meritor for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by Cummins-Meritor, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Cummins-Meritor component covered by this warranty, (9) Entire Agreement This is the entire agreement between Cummins-Meritor and the Owner about warranty and no Cummins-Meritor employee or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Cummins-Meritor. This agreement allocates the responsibilities for component failure between Cummins-Meritor and the Owner. Cummins Inc. Box 3005 Columbus, IN 47202-3005 roe U.S.A. cummins.com Product models, brands, names and trademarks depicted herein are the property of SP-95155 their respective owners and, except where otherwise indicated, are not in any way Bulletin 6451105 Produced in U.S.A. Rev. 1/24 associated with Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC, or any parent or affiliate, thereof. 02024 Meritor, Inc. Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship Meritor Wabco ABS Brake System Limited Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: The Mentor Wabco ABS brake system shall be covered by Coverage: Mentor Wabco as indicated in the attached Mentor Wabco warranty coverage description Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Three (3) Year Ends After: Conditions and Exclusions: The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty See Also description shall apply. Paragraphs 2 thru 4 This limited warranty shall apply only W the product is property maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/25/2013 WA0232 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -lime, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. WARRANTY • lY Warranty coverage is essential to protecting your investment. But understanding the full details of your coverage can be challenging. This straightforward approach allows you, our valued customer, to better understand how your specific vehicle applications will be covered in your region. Our component warranty coverage is provided according to vocation/usage categories listed below. • Linehaul covers high mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) on well -maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction. • General Service covers moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) on well -maintained public roads (less than 10 percent off -road) typically with less than three (3) stops per mile. • Heavy Service (Vocational) covers vehicles with more than 10 percent off -road OR moderate to frequent starts/stops typically with more than three (3) stops per mile. • Off -Highway Service covers lower mileage operations. Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use. • The standard aftermarket warranty for WABCO products - including WABCO Original parts, WABCO Reman Solutions, ProVia quality aftermarket parts and WABCO retrofit solutions - is one year, parts only from in-service date when purchased from ZF distributor networks or its affiliates and/or subsidiaries. WABCO LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE VEHICLES • Aerial Ladder Truck • Aerial Platform • Ambulance • Auto Hauler • Beverage Truck • Bulk Hauler • Chip Hauler (Truck) • Cross Country Coach • Doubles LINEHAUL TYPICALLY IS • Flatbed • Front Engine Commercial Chassis • Front Engine Integral Coach • General Freight • Grain Hauler • Intercity Coach • Intermodal Chassis • High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) • Well maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction • Livestock Hauler • Meat Packer • Moving Van • Municipal Truck • Pipe Hauler • Platform Auto Hauler • Pumper • Rear Engine Integral Coach • Recreational Vehicles • Refrigerated Freight • School Bus • Stake Truck • Tanker • Tanker Truck • Triples • Tour Bus • Wrecker, GENERAL SERVICE TYPICALLY IS • Moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) • Well maintained public roads (less than 10% off -road) • Less than three (3) stops per mile WABCO • •• Air Management Brake Valves 1/100/P&L Trailer Lift Axle Control Valve Trailer Control Line Filter3 Air Compressors (ALL)'- 2/200/P&L Air Dryers (ALL) Aerodynamics OptiFlow° TrailerSkirt 3/300/P&L 2/UnU/P OptiFlovvr' Trailer Tail and AutoTail Braking Systems ABS (Anti -Lock Braking System) Air 2/Unl/P 3/300/P&L 2/200/P&L ABS (Anti -Lock Braking System) Hydraulic Electronic Braking System (EBS) Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Roll Stability Control (RSS) Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS) Trailer ABS (Anti -Lock Braking System)3 Driveline Suspension Control Clutch Controls Leveling Valves 1 /100/P&L OptiRide° Automated Manual Transmission (AMT) OptiRide° Electronically Controlled Air Suspension (ECAS) 3/300/P&L WABCO • •• Safety OnGuardACTIVE" 3/300/P&L 3/300/P&L 6/600/P OnLane° OnLaneALERTO OnSide° Trailer SafeStartTM Trailer TaiIGUARDTM Telematics TrailerCASTT- Telematics Device Wheel End Solutions EasyFitTM Slack Adjuster MAXXUSTm Truck Air Disc Brake 5/500/P&L IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P IVTM - All Other Products 2/P Pan 17 and 19 Air Disc Brake 2/Unl/P and 1 /Unl/L Pan 22 Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L TRISTOPTm D Actuator w/ IBV or IRB 6/600/P TRISTOPTm D Actuator 3/300/P UNISTOPTm Actuator 2/200/P Trailer MAX0(22TTM Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L ZFand WABCO branded components.' WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. '' An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve. HEAVY SERVICE (VOCATIONAL) WARRANTY INFORMATION HEAVY SERVICE VEHICLES • Airport Rescue Fire (ARF) • Airport Shuttle • Asphalt Truck • Block Truck • Bottom Dump Trailer Combination • Cementing Vehicle • City Bus • Commercial Pick -Up • Concrete Pumper • Construction Material Hauler • Crash Fire Rescue (CFR) • Mixer • Demolition • Drill Rig • Dump • Emergency Service • Equipment Hauling • Flatbed Trailer Hauler • Flatbed Truck • Fracturing Truck • Front Loader • Geophysical Exploration • Hopper Trailer Combinations • Landscaping Truck • Liquid Waste Hauler • Log Hauling • Lowboy • Michigan Special Gravel Trains • Michigan Special Log Hauler • Michigan Special Steel Hauler • Michigan Special Waste Vehicle • Municipal Dump • Newspaper Delivery • Package Delivery • Pick-up and Delivery • Rapid Intervention Vehicle (RIV) • Rear Loader • Recycling Truck • Residential Pick-Up/Waste • Rigging Truck • Roll -Off • Scrap Truck • Semi -End Dump • Sewer/Septic Vacuum • Shuttle Bus • Side Loader • Snowplow/Snowblower • Steel Hauling • Tanker • Tank Truck • Tractors with Pole Trailers • Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps • Transfer Dump • Transfer Vehicle • Transit Bus • Trolley • Utility Truck • Winch Truck HEAVY SERVICE TYPICALLY IS • On/Off road vocations (10% or more off -road) OR • Moderate to frequent starts/stops typically more than three (3) stops per mile •: • • •• Air Management Air Brake Valves 1/1U0/P&L 3/300/P&L Air Compressors (ALL)2 Air Dryers (ALL) Trailer Control Line Filter3 Braking Systems ABS (Anti -Lock Braking System) Air ABS (Anti -Lock Braking System) Hydraulic 2/200/P&L Electronic Braking System (EBS) 3/300/P&L 0/200/P&L Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Trailer ABS Valve3 Roll Stability Control (RSS) Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS) Driveline Suspension Control OptiRideO Electronically Controlled Air Suspension (ECAS) Leveling Valves 1/100/P&L Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L OnGuarclACTIVE'E' 3/300/P&L OnLane° OnLaneALERT(g' OnSid& Trailer SafeStartTM Trailer TaiIGUARDTM Telematics TrailerCASTTm Telematics Device Wheel End Solutions EasyFitTM Slack Adjuster 3/300/P&L 2/200/P MAXXUSTm Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P WM - All Other Products 2/P Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1Nnl/P&L Trailer MAX0(22TTM 1/Unl/P&L TRISTOPTm D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P TRISTOPTm D Actuator 2/200/P UNISTOPTm Actuator 1/100/P 1 ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve. INDUSTRIAL/OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION INDUSTRIAL AND OFF -HIGHWAY SERVICE TYPICALLY IS • Low mileage operation3 • Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use Market Common A•• • •- Fertilizer Spreader, Tractor, Heavy Duty Ag Agriculture Trailers, Harvester, Sprayer, Skid Loader, Silage Bagger, Slurry Wagons, Grain Cart Pushback Tractor, Towing Tugs, Aircraft Tow Airport Support Tractor, Refueling Trucks, Food Service Trucks, Baggage Tractors, De -Icing Equipment, Runway Clearing Equipment All -Terrain Crane, Rough Terrain Crane, Excavator, Compactor, Wheel Loader, Road Construction Roller, Motor Grader, Articulated Dump Truck, Rubber Tire Road Roller, Backhoe Loaders, Haul Trucks, Scraper Rough Terrain Forklifts, Trenchers, Drills Forestry Logging Forwarder, Kidder, Loaders, Yard Forklifts, Harvesters Fellers Port Tractor, Rail Yard Spotter, Stevedoring Material Handling Tractor, Trailer Spotter, Yard Jockey, Scissor Lift, Straddle Carrier, Manlift, Forklift, Boom Lift Telebandlers, Aerial Work Platforms Specialized Mining, Excavator, Haul Truck, Mining Underground Loader, Service Trucks, Wheel Loaders, Scrapers, Load Haul Dumps, Personnel Transports, Bolters, Scalers Street Sweeper, Utility Tractor, Utility Trucks, Municipal Tree Trimmers, Dump Trucks, Tow Trucks, Rat Bed Trucks, Winch Applications Fracturing Trailer, Injecter Heads, Top Drives, Oil & Gas Jack/Lift Boats, Wireline Trucks, Load -On / Load -Off Railcar Mover, Track Layers, Grinders, Platform Rail Crane, Locomotive Railcars, Ballast Equipment, Winch Applications WABCO Components Air Management Air Brake Valves 2/Unl/P Air Compressors (ALL)2 Air Dryers (ALL) ActuationBrake Air/Hydraulic Actuators 2/UnVP Master Cylinders Remote Actuators Slave and Wheel Cylinders Two Fluid Actuators Brake Locks Brake Locks (ALL) 2/Unl/P Electric Brake Locks Lever Locks Braking Systems ABS (Anti -Lock Braking System) Air 1 /100/P&L ABS (Anti -Lock Braking System) Hydraulic Driveline Suspension Control Clutch Controls 1/100/P&L Leveling Valves Electronic Pedals 2/Unl/P Electrohydraulic Brake Valves (EBV) Pressure Switches Hydraulic Braking Solutions Accumulator Charging Valves 2/Unl/P Hydraulic Throttle Controls and Switches Modulating Brake Valves Wheel End Solutions EasyFitTM Slack Adjuster 2/200/P Caliper Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P MAXXUSTm Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L Multiple Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P IVTM - All Other Products 2/P Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L TRISTOPTm D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P TRISTOPTm D Actuator 2/200/P UNISTOPTm Actuator 1/100/P ' ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 Equivalent hours of service limit: 2,000 hours for all components. TERMS AND CONDITIONS COVERAGE EXCLUSIONS PRODUCT DESCRIPTION ALL PRODUCTS This Warranty shall not apply to the following, but not limited to: (1) damage to the product or its component parts caused by incorrect use, installation, maintenance or repair, including without limitation (a) improper fit of mating components or brackets, damaged threads, cut, broken, chafed, pinched or otherwise damaged wiring (sensors, harnesses and connectors), (b) sensors darnaged during removal when seized in block, or associated with sensor adjustments/ alignments, and (c) damage resulting from the use or installation of non -genuine WABCO components or materials; (2) damage to the product, its component parts, or diminished product or component part performance due to incorrect operation, deviation from approved conditions or misapplication; (3) any unauthorized disassembly of the product or its component parts including without limitation (a) obliterated, defaced or missing WABCO or WABCO name plate, serial numbers or label identifying the device as a ZF product or WABCO component, (b) changes to sealed adjusting screws, and (c) opening or attempted repair of non -serviceable components; (4) malfunction of the component due to internal contamination of the vehicle system including without limitation (a) water and other contarnination damage that is due to the use of a non -genuine air dryer cartridge or (b) valve failures due to contamination in air system, (5) complaints associated with noise, (6) damage resulting from corrosion (including oxidation of electrical devices and connections). AIR DRYERS Mounting brackets (see vehicle OEM). Desiccant cartridge housing only. AIR SYSTEM COMPONENTS Normal wear items; Gladhand seals, dash valve knobs, valve actuation handles, treadles, pedals. ABS, ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL (ESC), ROLL STABILITY CONTROL (RSC), OPTIRIDE°, ONGUARD° AND ONLANE°, COLLECTIVELY "ELECTRONICS" Failure of electronic components due to overvoltage condition, improper grounding, electrostatic discharge (ESD), improper shielding, electromagnetic interference (EMI), or other wiring or installation issues. Malfunctions and failure codes caused by other electronic subsystem failures (data bus, engine, transmission, dashboard, etc.) HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS For certain components, brake fluid DOT3 or DOT4 is used as the operating medium. Use of any other fluid will void all warranties associated with that component. For hydraulic braking applications the brake fluid is considered a maintenance item. Maintenance intervals are listed in TB- 1367. COVERAGE LIMITATIONS PRODUCT DESCRIPTION ALL PRODUCTS Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, 1/Unl/P. For vehicles that operate full- or part-time outside of the United States and Canada, a 1-Year/Unlimited Miles parts only (1/Unl/P) will apply. TOOLBOX PLUSTm DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE Proper, diagnostics of WABCO Electronics may require the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUSTM. Additional labor due to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOXTM software and/or the time to purchase or install the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUSTm are not covered under product warranty. TERMS AND CONDITIONS (1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty? ZF CV Systems North America LLC and its North American subsidiaries and affiliates (ZF) warrant to the owner ("Owner") that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer ("OEM") as original equipment will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins from the original in-service date to the limits provided and runs concurrently with any warranties provided by OEMs and/or any distribution agreements and/or any service contracts that cover the components listed in this publication, if any. If the components listed in this publication are covered by an OEM warranty and/or service contract, then the OEM's warranty and/ or service contract shall supersede ZF's warranty and Owner shall comply with all OEM's waranty and/or service contract requirements for claims under such OEM's warranty and/or service contract until those agreements expire. Once those agreements expire and provided the ZF warranty has not expired under the terms stated above, the ZF warranty will be in effect until its expiration date. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed previously in this publication. Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component. Additional diagnostic time due to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOXTM, time to purchase or install latest version of TOOLBOXTM are the responsibility of the authorized ZF distributor networks and are not covered under product warranty. Components installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify ZF through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the WABCO components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in- service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with ZF directly. Failure to notify ZF of (1) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in- service date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify ZF as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to ZF or through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under ZF's warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and ZF, approvals. (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty. (4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? In addition to the items listed on "Coverage Exclusions," this warranty does not cover normal wear and tear, or service items; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (a) improper handling, storage, installation, adjustment, repair or modification including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle's configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by ZF, (b) accident, fire or other casualty, natural disaster, road debris, negligence, misuse, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the brake system capacity), or (c) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from maintenance intervals, approved lubricants, or tube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not sold by ZF. (5) To obtain service. If the owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either ZF or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM dealer or ZF distributor networks' servicer. The dealer or ZF authorized servicer will inspect the vehicle and contact ZF for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by ZF, the dealer or ZF authorized servicer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective WABCO component covered by this warranty. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty and Limitation of remedies. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE LIMITED WARRANTY SET FORTH HEREIN IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARISING BY OPERATION OF LAW OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND/OR WARRANTY FOR HIDDEN OR LATENT DEFECTS, AND IN NO EVENT WILL ZF OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, PROGRESSIVE, SPECIAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND. (7) Legal action. Any legal action or claim arising from or related to this Warranty, in contract or otherwise, must be commenced within one year from the accrual of that cause of action, or be barred forever. Any dispute arising in connection with this agreement shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Michigan and be brought, heard and determined exclusively in either the Circuit Court for the County of Oakland, State of Michigan or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan. The parties stipulate that the referenced venues are convenient. (8) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at ZFs option. ZF reserves the right to require that all applicable covered components are available and/or returned to ZF for review and evaluation. THE MAXIMUM LIABILITY, IF ANY, OF ZF FOR ALL DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION CONTRACT DAMAGES, BREACH OF WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, OR OTHER TORT, IS LIMITED TO AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT and where indicated in the product and application warranty information above, the inclusion of labor is limited to the standard repair time. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THE LIMITATION OF DAMAGES PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS PARAGRAPH SURVIVES BETWEEN THE ORIGINAL END USER AND ZF EVEN IF THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY SET FORTH ABOVE IS DEEMED TO FAIL OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. ZF may change the design or make improvements to its Products without incurring any warranty obligation for previously manufactured Product . (9) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between ZF and the Owner about warranty and no, ZF employee, or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of ZF unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of ZF. About ZF Friedrichshafen AG ZF is a global technology company and supplies systems for passenger cars, commercial vehicles and industrial technology, enabling the next generation of mobility. ZF allows vehicles to see, think and act, In the four technology domains Vehicle Motion Control, Integrated Safety, Automated Driving, and Electric Mobility, ZF offers comprehensive solutions for established vehicle manufacturers and newly emerging transport and mobility service providers. ZF electrifies different kinds of vehicles. With its products, the company contributes to reducing emissions and protecting the climate. ZF, which acquired WABCO Holdings Inc. on May 29, 2020, now has 160,000 employees worldwide with approximately 260 locations in 41 countries. In 2019, the two then -independent companies achieved sales of €36.5 billion (ZF) and $3.4 billion (WABCO). For more information, visit: www.wabco-na.com © 2021 ZF CV Systems Noith America LLC - All rights reserved - SP1375 / 2.2021 WABCO - Fire and Rescue Apparatus Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity Custom Cab Limited Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: The Pierce Custom Cab shall be free from structural failures Coverage: caused by defects In material and workmanship The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the Warranty Begins: product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Ten (10) Years Ends After: - or - 100,000Miles Conditions and This warranty applies only to the cab tubular support and Exclusions: mounting structures and other structural components of the cab of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce See Also specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus. Paragraphs 2 thru 4 This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0012 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, Flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose forwhich it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, Fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY, 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. Fire d Rescue Apparatus .■t Ten (10) Year Pro -Rated Paint and Corrosion Cab 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: Exterior surfaces of the cab painted by Pierce shall be free Coverage: from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection. Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase Invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Ten (10) Years Ends After: This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any: Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking 0.72months 100% 73.96 months 50 97-120 months 25% Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0.36 months 100 37-84 months 50 85.120 months 25% Conditions and Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice Exclusions: 036months 100% See Also 37-48 months 50 Paragraphs 49.72 months 25 2 thru 4 73.120 months 10 Corrosion Perforation 0.120 months 100 This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty. Items not covered by this warranty include: (a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual). (b) UV paint fade. (c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2l8/2010 WA0055 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, its part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. Fire and Rescue Apparatus Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship Command Zone Electronics Limited Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: Command Zone control modules shall be free from failures Coverage: caused by defects In material and workmanship The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the Warranty Begins: product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Five (5) Years Ends After: Conditions and This limited warranty applies to all of the control modules for Exclusions: the Command Zone system, Including the full color graphic displays. Related wire harnesses, cables and connectors are See Also not covered under this limited warranty and are instead Paragraphs covered under the Pierce One Year Basic Apparatus Limited 2 thru 4 Warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0014 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, Flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. x. Fire and Rescue Apparatus 54 Months Material and Workmanship Camera System Limited Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect related to materials or workmanship of the Sharpvlsion Coverage: camera system installed on the apparatus occuring during the warranty period. Warranty Begins: The date of delivery. Warranty Period Fifty - Four (54)months Ends After: Conditions and Exclusions: This limited warranty does not apply to related wire See Also harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Paragraphs Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty. 2 thru 4 This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the Product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 1/11/2011 WA0188 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelin as, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessor es, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or dot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -lime, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, !f a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. --------------- Fire and Rescue Apparatus Ten (10) Year Material and Workmanship Pierce 12V LED Strip Light 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect Coverage: related to materials or workmanship of the Pierce 12V LED strip lights Installed on the apparatus occuring during the warranty period. Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Ten (10) Year Ends After: Conditions and Exclusions: This limited warranty does not apply to related wire See Also harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Paragraphs Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty. 2 thru 4 This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail. Flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, Fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (6 any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 7/5/2011 WA0203 NEW PRODUCT WARRANTY Allison PARTICIPATING OEM SALES • TI8IIS1]]1SSlOII• DISTRIBUTOR SALES LIMITED WARRANTY ON NEW ALLISON AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS USED IN EMERGENCY VEHICLE APPLICATIONS Allison Transmission will provide for repairs or replacement, at its option, during the warranty period of each new Allison transmission listed below that is installed in an Emergency Vehicle in accordance with the following terms, conditions, and limitations. WHAT IS COVERED • WARRANTY APPLIES — This warranty is for new Allison transmission models listed below installed in an Emergency Vehicle and is provided to the original and any subsequent owner(s) of the vehicle during the warranty period. • REPAIRS COVERED — The warranty covers repairs or replacement, at Allison Transmission's option, to correct any transmission malfunction resulting from defects in material or workmanship occurring during the warranty period. Needed repairs or replacements will be performed using the method Allison Transmission determines most appropriate under the circumstances. • TOWING — Towing is covered to the nearest Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission. • PAYMENT TERMS — Warranty repairs, including parts and labor, will be covered per the schedule shown in the chart contained in section "APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE." • OBTAINING REPAIRS — To obtain warranty repairs, take the vehicle to any Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer within a reasonable amount of time and request the needed repairs. A reasonable amount of time must be allowed for the Distributor or Dealer to perform necessary repairs. • TRANSMISSION REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION — Labor costs for the removal and re -installation of the transmission, when necessary to make a warranty repair, are covered by this warranty. • WARRANTY PERIOD — The warranty period for all coverages shall begin on the date the transmission is delivered to the first retail purchaser, with the following exception: Demonstration Service - A transmission in a new truck or bus may be demonstrated to a total of 5000 miles (8000 kilometers). If the vehicle is within this limit when sold to a retail purchaser, the warranty start date is the date of purchase. Normal warranty services are applicable to the demonstrating Dealer. Should the truck or bus be sold to a retail purchaser after these limits are reached, the warranty period will begin on the date the vehicle was first placed in demonstration service and the purchaser will be entitled to the remaining warranty. APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE WARRANTY LIMITATIONS ADJUSTMENT CHARGE TO BE APPLICABLE Whichever occurs first PAID BY THE CUSTOMER Transmission Miles MODELS Months Or Kilometers Parts Labor MT, MD 3000, 3200, 3500, 3700 0-24 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Hydraulic Controls 0-24 No Limit No Charge No Charge AT, 1000 SeriesTM, 2000 SeriesTM, 2400 SeriesTM 0-36 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Electronic Controls 0-60 No Limit No Charge No Charge HD 1000 EVS, 2100 EVS, 2200 EVS 2350 EVS, 2500 EVS, 2550 EVS, 3000 EVS, 3500 EVS, 4000, 0-60 No Limit No Charge No Charge 4000 EVS, 4500, 4500 EVS, 4700, 4700 EVS, 4800, 4800 EVS Page 1 of 2 ATi I:1d &I ML IX9011A DI'l7U • DAMAGE DUE TO ACCIDENT, MISUSE, or ALTERATION — Defects and damage caused as the result of any of the following are not covered: — Flood, collision, fire, theft, freezing, vandalism, riot, explosion, or objects striking the vehicle; — Misuse of the vehicle; — Installation into unapproved applications and installations; — Alterations or modification of the transmission or the vehicle, and — Damage resulting from improper storage (refer to long-term storage procedure outlined in the applicable Allison Service Manual) — Anything other than defects in Allison Transmission material or workmanship NOTE: This warranty is void on transmissions used in vehicles currently or previously titled as salvaged, scrapped, junked, or totaled. • CHASSIS, BODY, and COMPONENTS — The chassis and body company (assemblers) and other component and equipment manufacturers are solely responsible for warranties on the chassis, body, component(s), and equipment they provide. Any transmission repair caused by an alteration(s) made to the Allison transmission or the vehicle which allows the transmission to be installed or operated outside of the limits defined in the appropriate Allison Installation Guideline is solely the responsibility of the entity making the alteration(s). • DAMAGE CAUSED by LACK of MAINTENANCE or by the USE of TRANSMISSION FLUIDS NOT RECOMMENDED in the OPERATOR'S MANUAL — Defects and damage caused by any of the following are not covered: — Failure to follow the recommendations of the maintenance schedule intervals applicable to the transmission; — Failure to use transmission fluids or maintain transmission fluid levels recommended in the Operator's Manual. • MAINTENANCE — Normal maintenance (such as replacement of filters, screens, and transmission fluid) is not covered and is the owner's responsibility. • REPAIRS by UNAUTHORIZED DEALERS — Defects and damage caused by a service outlet that is not an authorized Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer are not covered. • USE of OTHER THAN GENUINE ALLISON TRANSMISSION PARTS — Defects and damage caused by the use of parts that are not genuine Allison Transmission parts are not covered. • EXTRA EXPENSES — Economic loss and extra expenses are not covered. Examples include but are not limited to: loss of vehicle use; inconvenience; storage; payment for loss of time or pay; vehicle rental expense; lodging; meals; or other travel costs. • "DENIED PARTY" OWNERSHIP — Warranty repair parts and labor costs are not reimbursed to any participating or non -participating OEMs, dealers or distributors who perform warranty work for, or on behalf of, end users identified by the United States as being a "denied party" or who are citizens of sanctioned or embargoed countries as defined by the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control. Furthermore, warranty reimbursements are not guaranteed if the reimbursement would be contrary to any United States export control laws or regulations as defined by the U.S. Department of Commerce, the U.S. Department of State, or the U.S. Department of Treasury. OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO CONSUMERS AS DEFINED by the MAGNUSON-MOSS WARRANTY ACT This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which vary from state to state. Allison Transmission does not authorize any person to create for it any other obligation or liability in connection with these transmissions. ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLICABLE TO THESE TRANSMISSIONS IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE DURATION OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY. PERFORMANCE OF REPAIRS AND NEEDED ADJUSTMENTS IS THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY UNDER THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (SUCH AS, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOST WAGES OR VEHICLE RENTAL EXPENSES) RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WRITTEN WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY." ** Some states do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty will last or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitations or exclusions may not apply to you. OTHER TERMS APPLICABLE TO OTHER END -USERS THIS WARRANTY IS THE ONLY WARRANTY APPLICABLE TO THE ALLISON TRANSMISSION MODELS LISTED ABOVE AND IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ALLISON TRANSMISSION DOES NOT AUTHORIZE ANY PERSON TO CREATE FOR IT ANY OTHER OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH TRANSMISSIONS. ALLISON TRANSMISSION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY. QUESTIONS If you have any questions regarding this warranty or the performance of warranty obligations, you may contact any Allison Transmission Distributor or Dealer or write to: Allison Transmission, Inc. P.O. Box 894 Indianapolis, IN 46206-0894 Attention: Warranty Administration PF-9 Form SE0616EN (201009) Page 2 of 2 Fire and Rescue Apparatus Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship - Transmission Oil Cooler Three (3) Year Collateral Damage Coverage Limited Warranty 1. LINIFED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: The transmission cooler shall be free from component or Coverage: structural failures caused by defects in material and/or workmanship. Collateral damage up to $10,000 per occurrence Is available for the first three (3) years. Warranty Begins: The date of delivery to the first retail purchaser. Warranty Period Five (5) Years on Oil Cooler and three (3) years on collateral Ends After: damage coverage This warranty does not cover repair due to accidents, misuse, and excessive vibration, flying debris, storage damage (freezing), negligence or modification. This warranty Is void If any modification or repairs are performed without authorization. This also voids any future warranty. This warranty does not cover cost of maintenance or repairs due to lack of required maintenance services as recommended. Performance of the required maintenance Conditions and and use of proper fluids are the responsibility of the owner. Exclusions: Towing Is covered to the nearest distributor or authorized See Also dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to Paragraphs your transmission. 2 thru 4 Labor costs for the removal and reinstallation of goods may be covered when necessary to make repairs. Please contact your OEM for authorization. Replacement of cooler during the warranty period Is limited to 100 % of reasonable labor costs up to a maximum of $700 to remove, replace, or repair the oil cooler. This limited warranty shall apply only N the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or Impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce In writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/22/2012 WA0216 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, If any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, Including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYERS EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth In paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. Effective 1 • VW ZPOLY � August, 2009 Z W LL. W a 08 LIFETIME SERVICE WARRANTY United Plastic Fabricating, Inc. (hereinafter called "UPF") warrants each TANK®, Booster/Foam Tank POLYSIDE® Wetside Tank, Integrator Tank/Body, ELLIPSETm Elli tical Tank, Elli T-Tank Tank and DEFENDERT"" Y, p p Skid Tank to be free from defects in material and workmanship for the service life of the original vehicle (vehicle must be actively used in an emergency re - sponse for fire suppression). All UPF Tanks must be installed and operated in accordance with the UPF Installation and Operating Guidelines. Failure to do Z2 ZEvery so can void the warranty. UPF Tank is inspected and tested before leaving our facility. Should your UPF Tank require service, please notify UPF via email, fax, in writing or V .. L Jwithin by calling UPF at 1-978-975-4520. Please provide the serial number, a de- scription of the service request, the location along with the phone number and name of the contact person. Our goal is to have scheduled work completed a reasonable time period. � �■` W �� W CO(pre Under a valid warranty claim, UPF will cover the cost to repair the UPF Tank including the customary and reasonable costs to make the tank accessible such as the removal and reinstallation of the tank if authorized in advance -approved) by UPF. The warranty will not cover tanks that have been im- properly installed, operated, misused, abused, or modified from its intended LL Vsuffering Q Jor W . ' H Q W Z Wpassage y designed use. Serial number must not have been altered, defaced or re- moved. Tanks that are not stored or installed properly which results in the tank UV damage will not be covered by this agreement. Should UPF determine that the service claim is valid under this warranty for a tank located outside of the United States and Canada, UPF will assume the costs for labor and material for the warranty repair as described above plus all travel costs to the U.S. port of embarkation. Costs for airline travel outside of the U.S. and Canada will not be the responsibility of UPF. In the event the tank shall become stationed in an area of the world that is considered to be a war zone or where unsafe conditions exist for the safe of United States Nationals, as reported by the United States Depart- ment of State, (http://www.state.gov), and a request to perform service or warranty repairs, UPF reserves the right to refuse to honor such requests. It is the purchaser's responsibility to relocate the tank to an area where such W Orepairs 0. can be performed without undue risk to UPF employees or their des- ignee. UPF will make every reasonable effort to support our products though alternative means. Z For EllipseTm elliptical tanks, a separate five year warranty provided by the subcontractor is applied to the sub -frames, chute linings (rubber isolation Z a strips) and metal components. The stainless steel wrap provided by UPF shall be warranted by the subcontractor performing the wrap installation in Now-J C d accordance with their warranty in place at the time of the installation. UPF will not be liable for any warranty costs associated with the wrap, sub -frames, chute linings (rubber isolation strips) and metal components but will assist with all claims on behalf of its customer. No _ 19 � For PolySide® wetsided tanks and IntegratorTm Tank/Body units, all polypro- pylene components related to the tank shall carry the standard UPF lifetime Continued on back 2 service warranty. Other polypropylene components, including but not limited V gg to compartments, wheel wells, fenders and other body related components W shall be warranted by UPF for a period of ten years. The warranty for the Z 10 Z PolySide® and Integrator TM units excludes paint or hardware, which shall be by the the LU covered manufacturer of paint/hardware. LL LU All UPF tanks 50 gallons or less utilized for non -fire applications and installed 0 ad on specialty vehicles such as ATVs, trailers, boats, etc. are covered under a separate warranty policy available from UPF. Further, UPF Protector TM foam Z and water trailers are warranted under a separate warranty policy available from UPF. II. Z a H This UPF warranty is transferable within the United States only with prior writ- ten approval by UPF (except an original apparatus manufacturer may assign Hthis warranty to the first titled owner/lessee of the apparatus). u .CL PVJ UPF will NOT reimburse any unnecessary work and/or work that has J not been pre -approved. Any and all third party charges must be pre- LLI authorized and approved in writing by UPF prior to commencing the Any third work. unauthorized party repairs, alterations, actions or modi- �■y y fications will not be covered and can void the warranty. UPF will be the sole determining authority as to whether a service claim will be valid 0. and covered under this warranty. um J J LU In no event will UPF be liable for an amount in excess of the purchase price of the booster/foam tank at the time of manufacture or for any loss or dam- V EM` age, whether direct, indirect, incidental, consequential, or otherwise arising out of failure of its product. Loss of contents (water, foam, etc.) shall not be Q . H the responsibility of UPF. Further, UPF is not responsible for costs associated with service repairs to chassis, sub -frames, bodies, valves, dumps, hoses, pressure vacuum vents, and other components (i.e. liquid level transducers, Q etc.). Further, UPF will not cover the cost for travel of the vehicle to and from LLI a repair facility. H Z This warranty contains the entire warranty. It is the sole warranty and price a .. . ' O agreements or representation, whether oral or written, are either merged herein or expressly cancelled. UPF neither assumes, nor authorizes any per- Qy LU son supposing to act on its behalf to change, nor assume for it, any warranty or liability concerning its product. W J FP_ This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other Q L rights which vary from state to state. Some states do not allow exclusion or limitation or incidental or consequential damage, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. Since some states do not allow limitations on Z the length of an implied warranty, the above limitation may not apply to you. Z HTHERE ARE NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, WHICH EX- THERE IS TEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION OF THE FACE HEREOF. NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR A WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ADDITION- ' d ALLY, THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER OBLIGATION OR _ E LIABILITIES ON THE PART OF UPF. Q POLY -TANK°,& POLYSIDE® are registered trademarks of UPF, Inc. INTEGRATOR", ELLIPSE', L6 ELLIP-T-TANKS' & DEFENDER'' are trademarks of UPF, Inc. © 08/01/09 UPF, Inc. Printed in the USA PIERCE MANUFACTURING I N C , TO: All Dealer Service Representatives From: Kevin Hanegraaf DATE: January 4, 2010 BULLETIN RE: UPF Tank Warranty Policy — Truck in Accident Service Topic #292 To keep the UPF tank warranty valid on trucks that have been involved in a vehicular accident, it is UPF's policy that the customer must remove the tank from the truck and send it back to one of UPF's facilities for inspection. In the event that this does not take place, the warranty will be considered null and void. The customer must remove and send the tank back to UPF for inspection in order to maintain the original warranty coverage, at which time it will be: - Filled with water - Visually inspected - Ultraviolet spark tested on articulating test stand in the dark - Recommendation for repairs if necessary provided by UPF - Fully evaluated and repaired by UPF If your customer chooses to leave the tank on the truck and wants a technician to inspect and/or repair the tank in the field, then the warranty is no longer in effect. This direction is upheld by UPF because the technician cannot inspect the entire tank when it is still installed on the truck. Note: This memo is intended to relay the information Pierce has received on UPF's tank warranty for trucks that are in a vehicular accident. In the event of an actual claim, we direct you to consult with UPF's service Manager Maura Watts (800-638-8265 x253) 2600 AMERICAN DRIVE • APPLETON, WI 54912-2017 • 920-832-3000 �= Fire and Rescue Apparatus Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity Apparatus Body Limited Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: Coverage: The apparatus body shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Ten (10) Years Ends After: - or - 100,000 Miles Conditions and This warranty applies only to the body tubular support and Exclusions: mounting structures and other structural components of the body of the vehicle model, as Identified in the Pierce See Also specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus. Paragraphs 2 thru 4 This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierre's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0009 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, Flood, war or not; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, Fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. rBcA MANUFACTURING Pierce Warranty Statement for Gortite Roll Up Doors Rev 212412011 All mechanical components of the door shall be warranted to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for the lifetime of the vehicle. All parts covered under this warranty shall be to the original owner. A&A manufacturing warrants that painted doors shall be free of blistering, peeling, bubbling, or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection. The time period for the coverage shall be 6 years from date of door shipment to Pierce. Satin anodized finish doors shall be warranted for 6 years against corrosion defects from date of door shipment to Pierce. Replacement of decals/Scotchlite is not covered. The maximum amount A&A will reimburse for labor is $60.00 per hour and the maximum amount of time allowed for repair is as follows: Door 1.0 Hr. Slat Replacement 1.0 Hr. Pennant Plate Replacement 1.0 Hr. Roller Replacement .5 Hr. Seal Replacement .5 Hr. Switch/Magnet Replacement 1.0 Hr. Travel Time 4.0 Hr. A&A Manufacturing Co., Inc. 2300 S. Calhoun Road • New Berlin, WI 53151 • Phone (262) 786-1500 • Fax (262) 786-3280 Fire and kescue Apparatus ---__ - Seven (7) Year Material and Workmanship PUC-NG Pump ze%~weel 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the purchaser who first puts the product in service ("Buyer"): The PUC-NG Pump, intergrated pump trensmisison, and its components manufactured under the Pierce brand in its Fire Coverage: and Rescue Apparatus vehicle shall be free from failures caused by defects in material and workmanship The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the Warranty Begins: product ships from the factory). Seven (7) Years Warranty Period Ends After: -or- 3000 Pump Hours This limited warranty applies to the PUC Pump and all its Conditions and components manufactured under the Pierce brand, including Exclusions: the integrated pump transmission. Items not manufactured under the Pierce brand such as valves, relief valves or wear See Also items such as wear rings, seals, bearings or costs of Paragraphs removal, transporting, storing, or reinstallation are not 2 thru 4 covered by this six -year limited warranty and are instead covered under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 4/21/2022 WA0390 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessodes, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced dudng the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The odginal purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (al Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note., Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (6 any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, affachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. Fire and Rescue Ap i�j Ten (10) Year Material and Workmanship Stainless Steel Piping Limited Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: Stainless steel piping shall be free from structural failures Coverage: caused by defects in material and workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion. Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase Invoice (Issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Ten (10) Years Ends After: - - 100,000 Miles Pierce's obligation under this warranty Is limited to repairing or replacing without charge, as Pierce may elect, the Conditions and stainless steel piping or components which Pierce Exclusions: determines to have failed due to defective material and workmanship, or perforation caused by corrosion. See Also Paragraphs This warranty does not cover the use of fluoroproteln (FP) 2 thru 4 type foam. The sodium chloride within FP foam can cause long-term damage to system components if not thoroughly flushed Immediately after use. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 3/22/2012 WA0035 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled In any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly Is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety If the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3, BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity Is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved In advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or In any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal Injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, If a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty Is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (If any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated Into or attached to the vehicle. - - Fire and Rescue Apparatus Ten (10) Year Pro -Rated Paint and Corrosion Custom Body Limited Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: Exterior surfaces of the body shall be free from blistering, Coverage: peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection. The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the Warranty Begins: product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Ten (10) Years Ends After: This limited warranty Is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any: Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking 0.72 months 100 73.96 months 50 97.120 months 25% Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0-36 months 100 37-84 months 50 85.120 months 25 Conditions and Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice Exclusions: 0.36months 100% See Also 37.48 months 50 Paragraphs 49.72 months 25 2 thru 4 73.120 months 10% Corrosion Perforation 0.120 months 100 This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty. Items not covered by this warranty Include: (a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual). (b) UV paint fade. (c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 218/2010 WA0057 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. l=�l�tce Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship Goldstar® Gold Leaf Lamination r 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: Coverage: Each Goldstar@ gold leaf lamination shall be free from defects in material and workmanship. Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Three (3) Years Ends After: Conditions and Exclusions: This warranty does not cover damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance See Also procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and Paragraphs maintenance manual). 2 thru 4 This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/22/2010 WA0018 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, Flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, Fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarkel parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. - - Fire and Rescue Apparatus - Three (3) Year Bumper to Bumper Pierce Body - PUC Pump Limited Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect Coverage: related to materials or workmanship occuring during the warranty period. Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Three (3) Years, or Ends Aker: 30,000 Mlles, or 4,500 Engine Hours This limited warranty does not apply to aspects of the product that are covered by other Pierce or Supplier warranties. See the applicable specific warranty for details of coverage and exclusions. Such warranties may Include, but Conditions and not be limited to, paint, corrosion, , frame, structure, Exclusions: electronics, pumps, piping, and Goldstar laminates. Where conflicts exist, the coverage and exclusions of the specific See Also warranty shall apply. If the specific warranty is a pro -rated Paragraphs warranty, the terms at the end of the pro -rated period will 2 thru 4 apply for the remaining years of the bumper to bumper coverage. This warranty does not cover normal wear to any parts or components including but not limited to: filters, lubricants, and light bulbs. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0151 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, Flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, Fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance. Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surely Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. Fire and Rescue Apparatus Three (3) Year Bumper to Bumper Pierce Custom Chassis - Class M Limited Warranty 1. LIMITED WARRANTY Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer: This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect Coverage: related to materials or workmanship occuring during the warranty period. Warranty Begins: The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Period Three (3) Years, or Ends After: 30,000 Miles, or 4,500 Engine Hours This general limited warranty does not apply to aspects of the product that are covered by specific Pierce or Supplier warranties. See the applicable specific warranty for details of coverage and exclusions. Specific warranties may Include, but not be limited to, paint, corrosion, frame, structure, Conditions and electronics, pumps, piping, and Goldstar laminates. Where Exclusions: conflicts exist, the coverage and exclusions of the specific warranty shall apply. If the specific warranty is a pro -rated See Also warranty, the terms at the end of the pro -rated period will Paragraphs apply for the remaining years of the bumper to bumper 2 thru 4 coverage. This warranty does not cover normal wear to any parts or components including but not limited to: tires, brake pads or shoes, belts, filters, lubricants, light bulbs, fuses, and batteries. This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period. THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY. 2/8/2010 WA0061 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to: (a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; (c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or (d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftennarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. 2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE. 3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY. If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation. Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY. 4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down -time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages. Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. EXHIBIT D CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH BOND NO. FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND The premium charges on this Bond is $ at the rate of $ , being thousand of the Contract price. WHEREAS, the City of Newport Beach, State of California, has awarded to Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. hereinafter designated as the "Principal," a contract for the manufacturing of four (4) 2028 or newer Pierce Type 1 1500 GPM Triple Combination Pumpers mounted on a Pierce Enforcer chassis ("Equipment") as set forth in Exhibit A, which is attached and incorporated herein by this reference. in strict conformity with the Contract on file with the office of the City Clerk of the City of Newport Beach, which is incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute the Contract and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a Bond for the faithful performance of the Contract. NOW, THEREFORE, we, the Principal, and , duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California as Surety (hereinafter "Surety"), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of Four Million Eight Hundred Ninety -Six Thousand Six hundred Twenty -Six Dollars and 91/100 ($4,896,626.91) lawful money of the United States of America, said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount of the Contract, to be paid to the City of Newport Beach, its successors, and assigns; for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the Principal, or the Principal's heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, fail to abide by, and well and truly keep and perform any or all the work, covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract Documents and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on its part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to its true intent and meaning, or fails to indemnify, defend, and save harmless the City of Newport Beach, its officers, employees and agents, as therein stipulated, then, Surety will faithfully perform the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this Bond; otherwise this obligation shall become null and void. As a part of the obligation secured hereby, and in addition to the face amount specified in this Performance Bond, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by the City, only in the event the City is required to bring an action in law or equity against Surety to enforce the obligations of this Bond. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page D-1 shall in any way affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications. This Faithful Performance Bond shall be extended and maintained by the Principal in full force and effect for one (1) year following the date of formal acceptance of the Equipment by the City. In the event that the Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed by the Principal and Surety above named, on the day of , 2024. Name of Contractor (Principal) Name of Surety Address of Surety Telephone APPROVED AS TO FORM: CITY ATTORNEY'S OFFICE Date: By: Aaron C. Harp City Attorney Authorized Signature/Title Authorized Agent Signature Print Name and Title NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENTS OF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST BE ATTACHED South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page D-2 ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of } ss. On 20 before me, Notary Public, personally appeared who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signatures(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature (seal) ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of } ss. On 20 before me, Notary Public, personally appeared proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signatures(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature (seal South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page D-3 EXHIBIT E INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS Provision of Insurance. Without limiting Contractor's indemnification of City, and prior to commencement of Work, Contractor shall obtain, provide and maintain at its own expense during the term of this Agreement, policies of insurance of the type and amounts described below and in a form satisfactory to City. Contractor agrees to provide insurance in accordance with requirements set forth here. If Contractor uses existing coverage to comply and that coverage does not meet these requirements, Contractor agrees to amend, supplement or endorse the existing coverage. 2. Acceptable Insurers. All insurance policies shall be issued by an insurance company currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, with an assigned policyholders' Rating of A - (or higher) and Financial Size Category Class VII (or larger) in accordance with the latest edition of Best's Key Rating Guide, unless otherwise approved by the City's Risk Manager. 3. Coverage Requirements. A. Workers' Compensation Insurance. Contractor shall maintain Workers' Compensation Insurance, statutory limits, and Employer's Liability Insurance with limits of at least one million dollars ($1,000,000) each accident for bodily injury by accident and each employee for bodily injury by disease in accordance with the laws of the State of California, Section 3700 of the Labor Code. Contractor shall submit to City, along with the certificate of insurance, a Waiver of Subrogation endorsement in favor of City, its officers, agents, employees and volunteers. B. General Liability Insurance. Contractor shall maintain commercial general liability insurance and, if necessary, umbrella liability insurance, with coverage at least as broad as provided by Insurance Services Office form CG 00 01, in an amount not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence, two million dollars ($2,000,000) general aggregate. The policy shall cover liability arising from premises, operations, products -completed operations, personal and advertising injury, and liability assumed under an insured contract (including the tort liability of another assumed in a business contract) with no endorsement or modification limiting the scope of coverage for liability assumed under a contract. C. Automobile Liability Insurance. Contractor shall maintain automobile insurance at least as broad as Insurance Services Office form CA 00 01 covering bodily injury and property damage for all activities of Contractor arising out of or in connection with Work to be performed under this South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page E-1 Q 5 Agreement, including coverage for any owned, hired, non -owned or rented vehicles, in an amount not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit each accident. Other Insurance Requirements. The policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions: A. Waiver of Subrogation. All insurance coverage maintained or procured pursuant to this Agreement shall be endorsed to waive subrogation against City, its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees and volunteers or shall specifically allow Contractor or others providing insurance evidence in compliance with these requirements to waive their right of recovery prior to a loss. Contractor hereby waives its own right of recovery against City, and shall require similar written express waivers from each of its subconsultants. B. Additional Insured Status. All liability policies including general liability, excess liability, pollution liability, and automobile liability, if required, shall provide or be endorsed to provide that City and its officers, officials, employees, and agents shall be included as insureds under such policies. C. Primary and Non Contributory. All liability coverage shall apply on a primary basis and shall not require contribution from any insurance or self-insurance maintained by City. D. Notice of Cancellation. All policies shall provide City with thirty (30) calendar days notice of cancellation (except for nonpayment for which ten (10) calendar days notice is required) or nonrenewal of coverage for each required coverage. Additional Agreements Between the Parties. The parties hereby agree to the following: A. Evidence of Insurance. Contractor shall provide certificates of insurance to City as evidence of the insurance coverage required herein, along with a waiver of subrogation endorsement for workers' compensation and other endorsements as specified herein for each coverage. Insurance certificates and endorsement must be approved by City's Risk Manager prior to commencement of performance. Current certification of insurance shall be kept on file with City at all times during the term of this Agreement. The certificates and endorsements for each insurance policy shall be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. At least fifteen (15) days prior to the expiration of any such policy, evidence of insurance showing that such insurance coverage has been renewed or extended shall be filed with the City. If such coverage is cancelled or reduced, Contractor shall, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice of such cancellation or reduction of coverage, file with the City evidence of South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page E-2 insurance showing that the required insurance has been reinstated or has been provided through another insurance company or companies. City reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time. B. City's Right to Revise Requirements. City reserves the right at any time during the term of the Agreement to change the amounts and types of insurance required by giving Contractor sixty (60) calendar days advance written notice of such change. If such change results in substantial additional cost to Contractor, City and Contractor may renegotiate Contractor's compensation. C. Right to Review Subcontracts. Contractor agrees that upon request, all agreements with subcontractors or others with whom Contractor enters into contracts with on behalf of City will be submitted to City for review. Failure of City to request copies of such agreements will not impose any liability on City, or its employees. D. Enforcement of Agreement Provisions. Contractor acknowledges and agrees that any actual or alleged failure on the part of City to inform Contractor of non-compliance with any requirement imposes no additional obligations on City nor does it waive any rights hereunder. E. Requirements not Limiting. Requirements of specific coverage features or limits contained in this Section are not intended as a limitation on coverage, limits or other requirements, or a waiver of any coverage normally provided by any insurance. Specific reference to a given coverage feature is for purposes of clarification only as it pertains to a given issue and is not intended by any party or insured to be all inclusive, or to the exclusion of other coverage, or a waiver of any type. F. Self -insured Retentions. Any self -insured retentions must be declared to and approved by City. City reserves the right to require that self -insured retentions be eliminated, lowered, or replaced by a deductible. Self-insurance will not be considered to comply with these requirements unless approved by City. G. City Remedies for Non -Compliance If Contractor or any subcontractor fails to provide and maintain insurance as required herein, then City shall have the right but not the obligation, to purchase such insurance, to terminate this Agreement, or to suspend Contractor's right to proceed until proper evidence of insurance is provided. Any amounts paid by City shall, at City's sole option, be deducted from amounts payable to Contractor or reimbursed by Contractor upon demand. H. Timely Notice of Claims. Contractor shall give City prompt and timely notice of claims made or suits instituted that arise out of or result from Contractor's South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page E-3 performance under this Agreement, and that involve or may involve coverage under any of the required liability policies. City assumes no obligation or liability by such notice, but has the right (but not the duty) to monitor the handling of any such claim or claims if they are likely to involve City. Contractor's Insurance. Contractor shall also procure and maintain, at its own cost and expense, any additional kinds of insurance, which in its own judgment may be necessary for its proper protection and prosecution of the Work. South Coast Fire Equipment Inc. Page E-4 q R 247 D+ 71 ® C qSearch Insured Name South Coast Fire Equipment Inc (FV0000' !, 4 South Coast Fire Equipment Inc Active Records Only Advance Search Insured Tasks Admin Tools View sZt Insured Notes J History Deficiencies Coverages Requirements Add Edit Help Video Tutorials s1t Insured Name: South Coast Fire Equipment Inc • n Account Number: FV00001265 Address: 3150 Palisades Dr, Corona, CA, 92878 Status: Compliant with Waived Deficiencies. Insured Business Unit(s) Print Insured Info Account Information Account Number: FV00001265 Risk Type: Maintenance/Repair I Services Agreement Do Not Call: Address Information i Mailing Address I Insured: South Coast Fire Equipment Inc Address 1: 3150 Palisades Dr Address 2: City: Corona State: CA Zip: 92878 Address Updated: Physical Address